Annual Report (10-k)

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One) 

X ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

OR

__ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from            to           

 

Commission file number 000-25287

 

TOWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Indiana  

35-2051170                           

 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)                 

 

 

116 East Berry Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana

46802

(Address of principal executive offices)            

(Zip Code)  

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (260) 427-7000

 

 

Title of Each Class     

Name of Each Exchange

on which registered

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Common stock, no par value            

NASDAQ Global Market System

     

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE  

 

                                    

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes ____     No __X__

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.

Yes ____     No __X___

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.           Yes __X__       No _____

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).      Yes __X___       No _____

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ____

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer [ ]      Accelerated filer [ ]      Non-accelerated filer [ ]      Smaller reporting company [X]

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company.)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   

Yes__           No _ X _

 

Aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non affiliates of the registrant based on the last sale price for such stock at June 28, 2013 (assuming solely for the purposes of this calculation that all directors and executive officers of the registrant are “affiliates”): $52,517,311

 

Number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at March 14, 2014: 4,686,051

 

 
 

 

 

TOWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Fort Wayne, Indiana

 

Annual Report to Securities and Exchange Commission

December 31, 2013

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1        BUSINESS.

 

Company Overview

 

Tower Financial Corporation, collectively with its subsidiaries, the “Company,” was incorporated as an Indiana corporation on July 8, 1998. We are a bank holding company with one bank subsidiary, Tower Bank & Trust (the “Bank” or “Tower Bank”) and two unconsolidated subsidiary guarantor trusts, Tower Capital Trust 2, and Tower Capital Trust 3.

 

The Bank is an Indiana chartered bank with depository accounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) and is a member of the Federal Reserve System. Tower Capital Trust 2 and Tower Capital Trust 3 are unconsolidated, wholly-owned Delaware statutory business trusts formed in December 2005 and December 2006, respectively, for the exclusive purpose of raising Federal Reserve approved capital through the issuance and sale of securities known as trust preferred securities. The Bank has a direct wholly-owned trust company subsidiary, Tower Trust Company (the “Trust Company”), an Indiana Corporation formed on January 1, 2006 which was previously owned by the bank holding company until December 1, 2009.

 

Our Bank opened on February 19, 1999 and provides a range of commercial and consumer banking services from six locations in the metropolitan area of Fort Wayne, Allen County, Indiana, and one location in Warsaw, Indiana. The Bank’s lending strategy is focused on commercial and commercial mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, on consumer and residential mortgage loans. The Bank offers a broad array of deposit products, including checking, savings, money market accounts, certificates of deposit and direct deposit services. Trust investment and management services are offered by the Trust Company.

 

Our main office and corporate headquarters are located at 116 East Berry Street in downtown Fort Wayne, Indiana.

 

On September 10, 2013, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission in which we and Old National Bancorp (“Old National”) jointly announced the signing of a definitive agreement (the “Agreement”) pursuant to which we will be merged with and into Old National (the “Merger”). Simultaneously with the Merger, our wholly-owned subsidiary Tower Bank & Trust Company, will be merged with an into Old National Bank, a national banking association and wholly-owned subsidiary of Old National, with Old National Bank as the surviving bank. The closing is anticipated to take place in second quarter of 2014.

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or in other reports or registration statements filed from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or under the Securities Act of 1933, as well as in documents we incorporate by reference or in press releases or oral statements made by our officers or representatives, we may make statements that express our opinions, expectations, or projections regarding future events or future results, in contrast with statements that reflect historical facts. These predictive statements, which we generally precede or accompany by such typical conditional words such as "anticipate," "intend," "believe," "estimate," "plan," "seek," "project," "potential," or "expect," or by the words "may," "will," "could," or "should," and similar expressions or terminology are intended to operate as "forward-looking statements" of the kind permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. That legislation protects such predictive statements by creating a "safe harbor" from liability in the event that a particular prediction does not turn out as anticipated.

 

 
1

 

 

Forward-looking statements convey our current expectations or forecast future events. While we always intend to express our best judgment when we make statements about what we believe will occur in the future, and although we base these statements on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable when made, these forward-looking statements are not a guarantee of performance, and you should not place undue reliance on such statements. Forward-looking statements are subject to many uncertainties and other variable circumstances, many of which are outside of our control, that could cause our actual results and experience to differ materially from those we thought would occur.


 

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, without limitation, the following:

 

the risk of being adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations by our regulators as a result of operating in a highly regulated banking environment;

 

the risk of generating a higher consolidated effective tax rate as a result of changes in tax laws, tax rates, or our ability to record taxable income;

 

the impact of a prolonged recession on our asset quality, the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and the sufficiency of our capital;

 

the impact of a prolonged low interest rate environment on our ability to produce net interest income;

 

the effect of general economic and monetary conditions and the regulatory environment on our ability to attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads;

 

the impact of a high concentration of loans in commercial and commercial real estate loans;

 

the risk of further loan delinquencies and losses due to loan defaults by both commercial loan customers or a significant number of other borrowers;

 

the risk of further losses in our investment portfolio as a result of a higher concentration in municipal bonds that have more credit risk than government backed agencies;

 

restrictions or additional capital requirements imposed on us by our regulators, specifically Basel III;

 

dependence on our key banking and management personnel;

 

the risk that our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented;

 

volatility of our stock price;

 

the merger transaction with Old National Bank might not be consummated; and

 

operations will continue to be impacted until the merger transaction is either consummated or terminated.

 

Please also refer to the “Risk Factors” section of this report for a discussion of some of the principal risks and uncertainties inherent in our businesses.

 

Any forward-looking statements which we make in this report or in any of the documents that are incorporated by reference herein speak only as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no ongoing obligation to update such statements. Comparisons of results between current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

 

Tower Bank

 

Lending

 

We generally make loans to individuals and businesses located in Allen, Kosciusko and the surrounding counties in Northeast Indiana. Our loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 consisted of commercial and commercial real estate loans (74.6%), residential mortgage loans (16.9%) and personal loans (8.5%). The Bank’s legal lending limit under applicable federal banking regulations is approximately $12.6 million, based on the legal lending limit of 15% of the Bank’s total risk-based capital. We continue to pursue opportunities with both new and existing customers to originate new loans in order to increase our earning assets.

 

Our Loan Segments:

 

Commercial Loan: Our lending activities focus primarily on providing small- and medium-sized businesses in our market area with commercial loans. These loans can be both secured and unsecured and are made available for general operating purposes, including acquisition of fixed assets such as real estate, equipment and machinery, and lines of credit collateralized by inventory and accounts receivable.

 

Our customers typically have financing needs between $250,000 and $5.0 million. Commercial loans comprised 52% of our total loans at December 31, 2013 and the majority of these loans are secured liens on equipment, inventory and other assets. These loans are also sometimes secured by owner-occupied or investment real estate, and typically have maturities of one to five years.

 

Commercial and industrial loans also include revolving notes for working capital that range in maturity from on demand to no longer than two years, with the majority of these having a one year maturity. Commercial real estate loans comprised 22.6% of our total loans at December 31, 2013. Commercial and commercial real estate loans can have either fixed or floating interest rates.

 

 
2

 

 

Commercial real estate lending involves more risk than residential lending because loan balances are typically greater and repayment is dependent not only upon general economic conditions and the continuing merits of the particular real estate project securing the loan, but also upon the underlying value of the collateral and the borrower’s financial health and liquidity. Accordingly, we believe we have reduced the risk associated with these transactions by establishing limits for concentration in certain types of loans, projects, and borrowers, developed additional checks and balances in the approval process, increased underwriting standards and employed a higher degree of oversight.

 

In 2013, we remained focused on improving our asset quality and growing our loan portfolio. As a result of our efforts over the past several years, we have been able to reduce the loans categorized as special mention, substandard, or doubtful. The decreases in these categories have resulted from the liquidation of collateral, encouraging and assisting with the refinancing of these loans through other financial institutions, or taking additional charge-offs against certain loans. We have also continued to place a greater emphasis on credit quality by focusing on the timely collection of required financial statements, centralization of consumer and retail small business (commercial loans under $250,000) loan underwriting, adherence to our internal policy and guidelines, and allocation of additional resources to improve the efficiency, quality and consistency of all loans underwritten.

 

The following table illustrates the recorded investment (1) of loans by risk category for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

   

December 31,

 

($ in thousands)

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Special Mention

  $ 5,022     $ 5,506     $ 21,314  

Substandard

    9,943       18,291       12,106  

Doubtful

    9,357       13,842       8,130  

Total

  $ 24,322     $ 37,639     $ 41,550  

% of total loans

    5.34 %     8.36 %     8.98 %

 

(1) The recorded investment in loans includes accrued interest and deferred fees, less nonaccrual interest paid, and deferred costs.

 

Mortgage Banking : We provide fixed rate, long-term residential mortgage loans and floating, short-term construction loans to our customers. Our general policy, which is subject to periodic review by management, is to sell the majority of the mortgage loans we originate on the secondary market. We generally retain only those loans where we have ongoing, multi-faceted customer relationships or those that allow us to keep our portfolio at benchmark levels and support our commitment to our customers and community. All other loans are sold, or are originated on a brokered basis for another investor.

 

We utilize both correspondent and wholesale delivery methods for sold loans where we may also have delegated underwriting and closing responsibility. In 2013, we received an average of 1.68% of the loan amount between the service release premium and fees on sold and brokered loans. We do not retain servicing rights with respect to residential mortgage loans that we broker or sell.

 

During 2013, we originated $6.2 million in construction loans and $71.8 million of residential mortgage loans. We retain all construction loans in our loan portfolio. Of the $71.8 million of residential mortgage loans originated, we retained $15.7 million, sold $49.9 million in the secondary market, and brokered $6.2 million. These loans were a combination of traditional conventional loan products, jumbo whole loans, and government loan programs (FHA/VA). We neither originated nor purchased any subprime loans in 2013, nor have we done so historically.    

 

   

For the years ended December 31,

 

($ in thousands)

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 
                         

Real estate mortgage loans originated and retained

  $ 15,695     $ 37,657     $ 30,346  

Real estate mortgage loans originated and sold

    49,868       52,993       38,710  

Real estate mortgage loans brokered

    6,206       9,839       4,671  

 

 
3

 

 

Personal Loans and Lines of Credit : We make personal loans and lines of credit available to consumers for various purposes, such as the purchase of automobiles, boats and other recreational vehicles, as well as to make home improvements and personal investments. The majority of our personal loans are home equity loans secured by a second lien on real estate. We retain these loans in our portfolio.

 

Consumer loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans and usually involve more credit risk than mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral. Consumer lending collections are dependent on a borrower’s continuing financial stability and are thus likely to be adversely affected by job loss, illness and personal bankruptcy. In many cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of depreciation of the underlying collateral.

 

In order to maximize our consumer loan approval efficiencies and ensure we met our customer’s service expectations, we utilize centralized underwriting. We continue to pursue a policy of prudent loan underwriting, with an emphasis on our borrower’s credit history, collateral value, employment stability, and monthly income. Consumer loans are generally repaid on a monthly repayment schedule with the payment amount tied to the borrower’s periodic income. We believe that the generally higher yields earned on consumer loans help to compensate for the increased credit risk associated with such loans, and we believe that consumer loans are important to our efforts to serve the credit needs of our customer base. Historically, our delinquency rates and losses on consumer loans have been lower than that of the national average, which held true in 2013.

 

Our Lending Policies:

 

Loan Policies : Although we maintain a competitive approach to lending, we strive to underwrite high quality loans. We employ written loan policies that contain general lending guidelines and are subject to periodic review and revision by our Bank Board’s Loan and Investment Committee and our Board of Directors. These policies relate to loan administration, documentation, and approval and reporting requirements for various types of loans.

 

Our loan policies include procedures for oversight and monitoring of our lending practices and loan portfolio. We seek to make sound loans, while recognizing that lending money involves a degree of business risk. Our loan policies are designed to assist in managing the business risk involved in making loans. These policies provide a general framework for our lending operations, while recognizing that not all loan outcomes and results can be anticipated. Our loan policies instruct lending personnel to use care and prudent decision-making and to seek the guidance of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Director of Lending, and the Executive Vice President of Risk Management where appropriate.

 

We maintain a separate credit department that is responsible for the integrity of data used by lending personnel for underwriting decisions. Additionally, our credit department is responsible for providing independent financial analysis and credit assessments for loan aggregations above $250,000. Our credit department also assists in the application of loan policy and the identification of unresolved or potential credit issues. We have also engage an independent accounting firm to perform a review of our loan accounting and credit risk ratings.

 

Our loan policies provide limits for loan-to-value ratios that limit the size of certain types of loans to a maximum percentage of the value of the real estate collateral securing the loans. The loan-to-value percentage varies by the type of collateral. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 established regulatory and supervisory loan-to-value limits. Our internal loan-to-value limitations follow those limits and, in certain cases, are more restrictive than those required by regulators. However, exceptions may be made to these limits and are allowable under the regulatory rules as long as the aggregate balance of these exceptions does not exceed certain capital thresholds. Exception balances are below the capital thresholds established by regulatory rules.

 

Our loan policies include an “in-house” guideline limit of $5 million on the aggregate amount of loans to any one borrower. Our loan committee approves all loan relationships above $1 million. Additionally, the Bank Board’s Loan and Investment Committee reviews all lending relationships over $5.0 million on a quarterly basis. This internal limit is subject to review and revision by our Board of Directors from time to time. In addition, our loan policies provide guidelines for (i) personal guarantees, (ii) loans to employees, executive officers and directors, (iii) problem loan identification, (iv) maintenance of an allowance for loan losses (v) interest reserves, and (vi) other matters relating to our lending practices.

 

 
4

 

 

Our Underwriting Policies:

 

Commercial Loans : Commercial loans are underwritten using an analysis of the customer’s current and historical financial statements. The type of financial statement that we require (audited, reviewed, compiled, tax return, or internally prepared) varies depending on the credit size, complexity, and risk. In addition to historical financial statements, projections may be required for loans with a term greater than one year. For all aggregated borrowing relationships in excess of $250,000, a cash flow analysis is completed for each corporate borrower, and a debt-to-income ratio is calculated for each personal guarantor. For those relationships where reliance is placed on a borrower or guarantor that is involved in multiple loans, business ventures or real estate projects, both a separate cash flow analysis and a consolidated global cash flow analysis is performed. In addition, we review the quality and value of collateral provided to determine the appropriate advance rates and analyze the risks inherent in the business enterprise to determine the appropriate financial covenant package.

 

Commercial Real Estate Loans: We will consider commercial real estate financing for any feasible project including land loans, acquisition and development loans, construction loans and long-term mortgages for income producing and investment properties. We will not extend loans to developers or builders who have been subject to a foreclosure action or have given a creditor a deed in-lieu of foreclosure. Commercial Real Estate loans are generally structured to provide full recourse or limited recourse to all principals and owners.

 

All real estate credit extensions are to meet high standards of quality and are to be in compliance with the Bank’s policies. Our relationship managers are required to document and provide explanations for any exceptions to our underwriting policies.

 

Residential Mortgage Loans: Residential mortgage loans are defined as loans for primary or secondary residences. Loans for rental properties will not be considered under the guidelines for residential mortgage underwriting, but instead are to be considered as business loan requests subject to our Commercial Real Estate guidelines.

 

Loans sold into the secondary market are not subject to these guidelines. Portfolio loans must adhere to all requirements established in our lending guidelines regarding the borrower and property characteristics, including net worth, debt-to-income ratios, credit reporting, and collateral requirements.

 

Our goal is to offer mortgage loans on owner-occupied real estate at competitive rates and terms to customers in our defined lending areas. Mortgage loan terms should be related to the nature and market value of the security property, as well as income, future earning ability and credit history of the borrower. Mortgages should be made in anticipation of regular amortization, not foreclosure.

 

Rates for residential mortgage loans are fixed or variable for the term of the loan. The Company does not underwrite any hybrid loans, or sub-prime loans within its residential portfolio. Adjustable rate loans are primarily tied to the Prime Rate index and LIBOR Rate index as stated in the Wall Street Journal .

 

Home Equity Loans: Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are underwritten using the same guidelines and procedures outlined above for residential mortgage loans. We cap the loan to value maximum for home equity loans or lines of credit at 90% of the appraised value.

 

Consumer Loans: All consumer loans are to be supported by a signed, completed credit application disclosing loan purpose, applicant’s income and obligations, and repayment terms. Related documents should include a current or recent credit bureau report, proof of income (level of documentation dependent upon the loan type and amount), valuation of collateral (dependent on type of collateral), and other required documentation as outlined in the bank’s Loan Policy and Guidelines. Unsecured consumer loans of $5,000 and larger must also have a current financial statement on file on a form acceptable to the Company.

 

Typically, the rates for variable rate loans in all categories are underwritten using the Prime Rate index or LIBOR index as stated in the Wall Street Journal . Typical loan terms on these types of products range from one to five years with interest rates between 0.00% to 3.00% over the Prime Rate or LIBOR.

 

Sources of Our Funds

 

In 2013, the Bank paid dividends to the Company in the amount of $3.4 million. Those funds were used to pay stockholders dividends in the amount of $2.6 million and to repurchase shares of our common stock in the amount of $863,000. In 2012, the Bank paid a dividend to the Company in the amount of $5.7 million and those funds were used to pay stockholders a $2.9 million dividend; to repurchase shares of our common stock in the amount of $1.7 million; and to fund the purchase of a $1.0 million par value equity security held at the Holding Company for $902,900. In 2011, no inter-company contributions were made; nor did we pursue any capital sources other than through our net income.

 

 
5

 

 

On an ongoing basis, the Bank funds its operations and loan growth primarily through local deposits. Secondarily, the Bank uses alternative funding sources as needed, including advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank, out-of-market deposits (including national market certificates of deposit and brokered certificates of deposit) and other forms of wholesale financing. At the end of 2013, core deposits comprised 81.9% of total deposits compared to 80.8% and 78.7% at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

Deposit Generation: We generate deposits primarily through offering a broad array of products to individuals, businesses, associations, financial institutions, and government entities in our primary market areas. We generally seek a comprehensive banking relationship from our lending customers, which has contributed to our internal deposit growth. This often includes encouraging new customers to consider both business and personal checking accounts and other deposit services. Our deposit services include checking, savings, health savings accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, direct deposit services, and telephone and Internet banking. Our deposit portfolio increased by approximately $37.4 million during 2013. Interest-bearing checking accounts increased by $23.2 million, primarily the result of an increase of $15.6 million in our Health Savings Accounts. During 2013, money-market accounts, savings accounts and non-interest bearing checking accounts increased by $10.1 million, $3.9 million and $2.6 million respectively, while certificates of deposits, both in-market and brokered, decreased by $2.4 million.

 

In 2013, the average cost of funds on out-of-market deposits was 1.94%, while the average cost of funds on in-market deposits was 0.10%. At December 31, 2013, approximately 84.2% of our deposits were generated in-market, while 15.8% were out-of-market deposits, compared to 83.9% of in-market deposits and 16.1% out-of-market deposits at December 31, 2012.

 

Deposits at December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 are summarized as follows:

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

($ in thousands)

 

Balance

   

%

   

Balance

   

%

   

Balance

   

%

 
                                                 

Core Deposits:

                                               

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $ 110,715       18.5 %   $ 108,147       19.3 %   $ 169,758       28.2 %

Interest-bearing checking

    193,249       32.3 %     170,047       30.3 %     114,865       19.1 %

Money market

    130,332       21.8 %     120,254       21.4 %     127,986       21.3 %

Savings

    32,819       5.5 %     28,874       5.2 %     22,398       3.7 %

Time, under $100,000

    22,794       3.8 %     25,935       4.6 %     38,573       6.4 %

Total Core Deposits

    489,909       81.9 %     453,257       80.8 %     473,580       78.7 %

Non-core Deposits:

                                               

In-market non-core deposits:

                                               

Time, $100,000 and over

    14,039       2.3 %     17,521       3.1 %     25,829       4.3 %

Out-of-market non-core deposits:

                                               

Brokered money market

    12,051       2.0 %     12,035       2.2 %     12,032       2.0 %

Brokered certificate of deposits

    82,401       13.8 %     78,194       13.9 %     90,596       15.0 %

Total out-of-market non-core deposits

    94,452       15.8 %     90,229       16.1 %     102,628       17.0 %

Total Non-core Deposits

    108,491       18.1 %     107,750       19.2 %     128,457       21.3 %
                                                 

Total deposits

  $ 598,400       100.0 %   $ 561,007       100.0 %   $ 602,037       100.0 %

 

Investments

 

We invest funds from time to time in various debt instruments, including but not limited to obligations guaranteed by the United States, general obligations of a state or political subdivision thereof, bankers’ acceptance of deposit of U.S. commercial banks, commercial paper of U.S. issuers rated in the highest category by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, or trust preferred securities.

 

 
6

 

 

We are permitted to make limited portfolio investments in equity securities and we currently have two of these investments. The first is an investment of $2.0 million in Senior Housing Crime Prevention fund that is specifically allocated to a facility in Warsaw, Indiana. The second is an equity investment with an initial investment of $1 million in a limited partnership focused primarily on bank holding companies. Due to the volatility of the equity investment in the limited partnership as well as the accounting treatment for the investment, the Board of Directors approved the gradual liquidation of this investment. In 2009, requests were made to liquidate the investment. Disbursements received in 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009 were $18,499, $0, $9,390, $23,022, and $740,437, respectively, leaving a value of $41,890 as of December 31, 2013. The remaining balance is invested in side-pocket investments, which are primarily made up of small equity investments in local start-up businesses, and is projected to be fully liquidated in the next couple of years.

 

Additionally, the bank subsidiary has made investments in two Section 42 Housing Credit funds totaling $2.4 million. These funds own Section 42 accredited housing projects that provide federal tax credits to their investors over a 10 to 15 year period. The tax credits expected are equal to our investment of $2.4 million.

 

We may invest our funds in a wide variety of debt instruments and may participate in the federal funds market with other depository institutions. Real estate, which we may acquire in satisfaction of or as a result of foreclosure upon loans and which at December 31, 2013 amounted to $2.2 million, may be held for no longer than ten years after the date of acquisition without the written consent of the Indiana Department of Financial Institutions (“IDFI”). We are also permitted to invest an aggregate amount not to exceed 50% of our “sound capital” in various other real estate and buildings as are necessary for the convenient transaction of our business, such as but not limited the ownership of branch banking facilities.

 

Tower Trust Company

 

Investment Management and Trust Services

 

Our investment management and trust services provide a wide range of traditional personal trust services to customers in our market area. Our trust services include estate planning and money management, as well as traditional revocable trusts, irrevocable trusts, charitable trusts, estate administration, guardianship administration, individual retirement account administration, personal and institutional investment management, and custodial services. We believe that by offering trust services through personalized client service, an experienced professional staff, and a tailored approach to investments that we can enhance and leverage client relationships.

 

The following table reflects assets under management and revenue derived from trust services for the periods indicated.

 

   

For the years ended December 31,

 

($ in thousands)

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 
                         

Assets under management

  $ 538,316     $ 479,729     $ 428,298  

Number of accounts

    597       610       573  

Average account size

  $ 902     $ 786     $ 747  

Trust revenue

  $ 3,572     $ 3,224     $ 2,958  

 

 

Tower Investment Services

 

In July of 2004, we began offering securities and insurance brokerage services under the private label name of Tower Investment Services. Until December of 2012, the services were provided through PrimeVest Financial Services, Inc. Beginning in December of 2012, we changed our provider of brokerage services to LPL Financial, a self-clearing broker dealer. Tower Investment Services had $204.5 million in assets under management at December 31, 2013, compared to $192.6 million at December 31, 2012.

 

 
7

 

 

The following table reflects assets under management and revenues of our investment services department for the periods indicated.

 

   

For the years ended December 31,

 

($ in thousands)

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 
                         

Assets under management

  $ 204,529     $ 192,564     $ 166,296  

Number of accounts

    1,741       1,373       1,444  

Average account size

  $ 117     $ 140     $ 115  

Investment services revenue

  $ 879     $ 604     $ 596  

 

 

Effect of Government Monetary Policies

 

Our performance and our results are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies and the Federal Reserve Board (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve’s monetary policies have had, and will continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things to, curb inflation or, conversely, to stimulate the economy. The instruments of monetary policy employed by the Federal Reserve include open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing and changes in reserve requirements against deposits held by all federally insured banks. During 2008, the Federal Reserve lowered the federal funds discount rate to 0.25% where it remains at December 31, 2013. The drop in interest rates in 2008 continues to have an impact on the Company over the past three years by forcing the Company to reduce both loan and deposit rates to remain competitive in the local market. While interest rates have remained low the last several years, we do not expect much change in the near future based on statements from the Federal Reserve. Federal officials have stated that prolonged economic conditions would warrant exceptionally low levels for the federal funds rate at least through 2015.

 

Regulation and Supervision

 

General

 

Financial institutions and their holding companies are extensively regulated by federal and state law. Consequently, our growth and earnings performance can be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the regulations and policies of, various governmental regulatory authorities. Those authorities include but are not limited to the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the IDFI, the Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities. The effect of such regulations and policies can be significant and cannot be predicted with any high degree of certainty.

 

Federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to our business regulate among other things:

 

 

the scope of permitted businesses,

 

investments,

 

reserves against deposits,

 

capital levels relative to operations,

 

lending activities and practices,

 

the nature and amount of collateral for loans,

 

the establishment of branches,

 

mergers and consolidations, and

 

dividends.

 

The foregoing system of supervision and regulation establishes a comprehensive framework, and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance funds, the depositors of the Bank and the public, rather than our stockholders, and any change in government regulation may have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Bank Holding Company Regulation

 

As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve under the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “FBHC Act”). Under the FBHC Act, we are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve and are required to file reports of the Company’s operations and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require. Under Federal Reserve policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength to the Bank and to commit resources to support the Bank in circumstances where we might not do so absent such policy.

 

 
8

 

 

Any loans by a bank holding company to a subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, any commitment by the bank holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.

 

With certain limited exceptions, the FBHC Act prohibits bank holding companies from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of voting shares or assets of any company other than a bank, unless the company involved is engaged in one or more activities which the Federal Reserve has determined to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be incidental to these operations. Under current Federal Reserve regulations, including rules under which we qualify as a bank holding company as described in the following paragraph, such permissible non-bank activities include such things as mortgage banking, equipment leasing, securities brokerage, and consumer and commercial finance company operations. As a result of recent amendments to the FBHC Act, many of these acquisitions may be affected by bank holding companies that satisfy certain statutory criteria concerning management, capitalization, and regulatory compliance, if written notice is given to the Federal Reserve within ten business days after the transaction. In certain cases, prior written notice to the Federal Reserve will be required. Notwithstanding the scope of these permissible activities, we have not organized nor have we sought to establish any of these types of businesses.

 

The Federal Reserve uses capital adequacy guidelines in its examination and regulation of bank holding companies. If capital falls below minimum guidelines, a bank holding company may, among other things, be denied approval to acquire or establish banks or non-bank businesses. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Capital Sources."

 

Bank Regulation

 

Our Bank is an Indiana banking corporation and a member of the Federal Reserve System. As a state-chartered member bank, we are subject to the examination, supervision, reporting and enforcement jurisdiction of the IDFI, as the chartering authority for Indiana banks, and the Federal Reserve as the primary federal bank regulatory agency for state-chartered member banks. Our deposit accounts are insured by the Bank Insurance Fund of the FDIC.

 

These agencies, and federal and state law, extensively regulate various aspects of the banking business including, among other things:

 

 

permissible types and amounts of loans,          

 

investments and other activities,

 

capital adequacy,                    

 

branching,

 

interest rates on loans and on deposits,          

 

the maintenance of noninterest-bearing reserves on deposit, and

 

the safety and soundness of banking practices.          

 

Federal law and regulations, including provisions added by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 and regulations promulgated thereunder, establish supervisory standards applicable to the lending activities of the Bank, including internal controls, credit underwriting, loan documentation, and loan-to-value ratios for loans secured by real property.

 

The Bank is subject to certain federal and state statutory and regulatory restrictions on any extension of credit to Tower Financial Corporation or any of our subsidiaries, on investments in our stock or other securities of our subsidiaries, and on the acceptance of our stock or other securities of our subsidiaries as collateral for loans to any person. Limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its directors and officers, to our directors and officers and to the directors and officers of our subsidiaries, to our principal stockholders, and to “related interests” of such persons. In addition, such legislation and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person becoming a director or officer of Tower Financial Corporation or one of our subsidiaries or a principal stockholder of Tower Financial Corporation may obtain credit from banks with which we maintains a correspondent relationship. Also, in certain circumstances, an Indiana banking corporation may be required by order of the Department to increase our capital or reduce the amount of our deposits.

 

The federal banking agencies have published guidelines implementing the FDIC’s requirement that the federal banking agencies establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines establish standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the institution’s primary federal bank regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. The preamble to the guidelines states that the agencies expect to require a compliance plan from an institution whose failure to meet one or more of the standards is of such severity that it could threaten the safe and sound operation of the institution. Failure to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or failure to adhere to a compliance plan that has been accepted by the appropriate regulator, would constitute grounds for further enforcement action.

 

 
9

 

 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts

As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premiums based on the risk it poses to the Bank Insurance Fund. The FDIC also has authority to raise or lower assessment rates on insured deposits to achieve the statutorily required reserve ratios in insurance funds and to impose special additional assessments. The FDIC has utilized a risk based assessment system since 2008. Under this system, the banks are evaluated based on three primary sources of information: supervisory ratings, financial ratios, and long-term debt issuer ratings (for large institutions only). Due to a large number of bank failures throughout the United States in 2008 and 2009, the FDIC deposit insurance fund was depleted and required additional assessments to replenish the fund to an acceptable level. Premiums were not only increased to replenish the fund, but because of additional operating expenses the FDIC would incur due to increased resolution activities expected in the future.

 

Also, in 2008, the FDIC increased the limit of insured funds to $250,000 on interest-bearing deposits and an unlimited amount on noninterest-bearing deposits compared to the previous limit of $100,000 on all deposits. These temporary limits for unlimited insurance on noninterest-bearing accounts ended on December 31, 2012, but the increased limit on all deposit accounts up to $250,000 was permanently implemented to ease the fears of banking customers after the bank failures over the recent years. Based on these additional costs, the FDIC raised the assessment rates in 2009, assessed a one-time special assessment due September 30, 2009 equal to five basis points of total assets less Tier 1 Capital, and issued an assessment to prepay the quarterly assessments for the fourth quarter 2009, and for all 2010, 2011 and 2012 along with the quarterly risk-based assessment for the third quarter of 2009 on December 30, 2009.

 

The FDIC began drawing down prepaid assessments on March 30, 2010, representing payment for the regular quarterly risk-based assessment for the fourth quarter of 2009. Each institution continues to receive quarterly assessment statements from the FDIC and expenses the amount due, but the institution’s quarterly risk-based deposit insurance assessments are paid through a reduction in the amount prepaid in March of 2010 until that amount is exhausted or until December 31, 2014, when any amount remaining will be returned to the institution. The remaining balance in our prepaid FDIC assessment account was paid off as of December 31, 2013.

 

Consumer and Other Laws

The Bank’s business also includes making a wide variety of consumer loans. When making consumer loans, the Bank is subject to state usury and regulatory laws and to various federal statutes, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Secure and Fair Enforcement for Mortgage Licensing Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, as well as the regulations promulgated thereunder, which prohibit discrimination, specify disclosures to be made to borrowers regarding credit and settlement costs and regulate the mortgage loan servicing activities of the Bank, including the maintenance and operation of escrow accounts and the transfer of mortgage loan servicing.

 

The Riegle Act imposed new escrow requirements on depository and non-depository mortgage lenders and services under the National Flood Insurance Program. In receiving deposits, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation under state and federal law and regulations, including the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Violation of these laws could result in the imposition of significant damages and fines upon the Bank, its directors and officers.

 

The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (or "Gramm-Leach") which was signed into law on November 12, 1999 and contains provisions intended to safeguard consumer financial information in the hands of financial service providers by, among other things, requiring these entities to disclose their privacy policies to their customers and allowing customers to "opt out" of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information to non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions. Final regulations implementing the new financial privacy regulations became effective during 2001. Similar to most other consumer-oriented laws, the regulations contain some specific prohibitions and require timely disclosure of certain information.

 

 
10

 

 

Under the Community Reinvestment Act (or “CRA”) and the implementing regulations, the Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation to help meet the credit needs of its local community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with the safe and sound operation of the institution. The CRA requires the Board of Directors of financial institutions, such as the Bank, to adopt a CRA statement for each assessment area that, among other things, describes its efforts to help meet community credit needs and the specific types of credit that the institution is willing to extend. The Bank’s service area is designated as all of Allen County and Warsaw, Indiana. The Bank’s Board of Directors is required to review the appropriateness of this area designation at least annually. The CRA also requires that all financial institutions publicly disclose their CRA ratings. The Bank received a "satisfactory" rating on its most recent CRA performance evaluation.

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed on July 21, 2010 (“Dodd-Frank”) and was enacted to create a sound economic foundation to grow jobs, protect consumer, rein in Wall Street and big bonuses, end bailouts and the “Too Big to Fail”, and prevent another financial crisis. Highlights of Dodd-Frank include the following:

 

 

Created a new independent authority housed at the Federal Reserve, The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau- that consolidates and strengthens consumer protection responsibilities previously handled by other regulatory authorities, such as the FDIC and the Federal Reserve.

 

Created a council to identify and address systemic risks posed by large, complex companies, products, and activities before they threaten the stability of the economy.

 

Provides stockholders with a say on pay and corporate affairs with a non-binding vote on executive compensation and golden parachutes.

 

Provides tough new rules for transparency and accountability for credit rating agencies to protect investors and businesses.

 

Strengthens oversight and empowers regulators to aggressively pursue financial fraud, conflicts of interest and manipulation of the system that benefits special interests at the expense of American families and businesses.

 

USA Patriot Act of 2001

On October 6, 2001, the "Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“USA Patriot Act”) was enacted. The statute increased the power of the U.S. Government to obtain access to information and to investigate a full array of criminal activities. In the area of money laundering activities, the statute added terrorism, terrorism support, and foreign corruption to the definition of money laundering offenses and increased the civil and criminal penalties for money laundering; applied certain anti-money laundering measures to U.S. bank accounts used by foreign persons; prohibited financial institutions from establishing, maintaining, administering or managing a correspondent account with a foreign shell bank; provided for certain forfeitures of funds deposited in U.S. interbank accounts by foreign banks; provided the Secretary of the Treasury with regulatory authority to ensure that certain types of bank accounts are not used to hide the identity of customers transferring funds and to impose additional reporting requirements with respect to money laundering activities; and included other measures.

 

On October 28, 2002, the Department of Treasury issued a final rule concerning compliance by covered U.S. financial institutions with the new statutory anti-money laundering requirement regarding correspondent accounts established or maintained for foreign banking institutions, including the requirement that financial institutions take reasonable steps to ensure that correspondent accounts provided to foreign banks are not being used to indirectly provide banking services to foreign shell banks. We believe that compliance with the new requirements has not had a material adverse impact on its operations or financial condition.

 

Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve

Effective July 10, 2012, our written agreement which had been in effect since April 23, 2010 with the Federal Reserve and IDFI (the “Written Agreement”) was terminated.

 

Competition

 

All phases of our banking business are highly competitive. We compete with numerous financial institutions, including other commercial banks in the greater Fort Wayne, Warsaw, Allen County and Kosciusko County market areas in Northeast Indiana. As of June 30, 2013, there were 21 banking institutions, excluding credits unions, with 106 total locations throughout Allen County. This is unchanged from June 30, 2012. The four largest banks in Allen County are Wells Fargo, JP Morgan Chase, Lake City Bank, and PNC, and they comprise approximately 66% of the deposit market share as of June 30, 2013. As of June 30,2013, we were ranked fifth in Allen County with 9% of the deposit market share.

 

 
11

 

 

We also face competition from thrift institutions, credit unions and other banks as well as finance companies, insurance companies, mortgage companies, securities brokerage firms, money market funds, trust companies and other providers of financial services. Many of our competitors have been in business for many years longer than us, so they have established customer bases, and are larger and have larger lending limits than we do. We compete for loans principally through our ability to communicate effectively with our customers and understand and meet their needs. We offer personal attention, professional service, off-site ATM capability and competitive interest rates. We believe that our personal service philosophy enhances our ability to compete favorably in attracting individuals and small- to medium-sized businesses. Additionally, we were one of the first to bring HSAs to the market after they were established in 2004 and we provide HSAs to clients in all fifty states. In 2013 and 2012, we were ranked as one of the top 20 HSA providers in the nation.

 

Employees

 

As of March 11, 2014, we had 127 employees, including approximately 122.75 full-time equivalents. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Management believes that its relationship with our employees is good. This is down significantly from prior years due to planned staff reduction upon the merger with ONB and the conversion of operating platforms planned for the second quarter of 2014.

 

Statistical Disclosure

 

The statistical disclosure concerning the Company and the Bank, on a consolidated basis, is included in Item 7 of this report.

 

Available Information

 

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available or may be accessed free of charge on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website under the symbol “TOFC,” at www.sec.gov , as well as through the Tower Financial Corporation Investor Relations section of the Company's Internet website at www.tofc.net .

 

The following corporate governance documents are also available through the TOFC Investor Relations section of our Internet website, or may be obtained in print form by written request addressed to Secretary, Tower Financial Corporation, 116 East Berry Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802: Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Audit Committee Charter, Compensation Committee Charter, and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter. The Company intends to post any amendments to the foregoing documents on its website and will report any waivers of the Code for directors and executive officers on a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

 

ITEM 1a.       RISK FACTORS.

 

Our profitability is subject to risks described under this section on "Risk Factors" described below. Although the following are not necessarily the only ones facing our company, our business, financial condition or results of operations they could be materially adversely affected by many of the following risks.

 

An investment in shares of our common stock involves various risks.  Before deciding to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below in conjunction with the other information in this annual report on Form 10-K and information incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes.  Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed by any of the following risks or by other risks that have not been identified or that we may believe are immaterial or unlikely.  The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.

 

 
12

 

 

There can be no assurance that the Merger will be consummated.

 

The merger was initially expected to close during the first quarter of 2014. The Merger is currently expected to close during the second quarter of 2014, although no assurance can be given as to when or if the Merger will close. If the conditions of closing are not all satisfied or waived by June 30, 2014, the Merger Agreement may be terminated by either Old National or us. The Merger Agreement may be extended by mutual agreement of both us and Old National.

 

Our operations have been and will continue to be impacted until the consummation of the Merger or the termination of the Agreement.

 

Our management has and will continue to devote significant time to the Merger and the potential consummation thereof. To the extent such time would otherwise have been spent on executing our business plan, as well as on the day-to-day operations of the Company, our operations have and will be impacted. Furthermore, although we have recognized approximately $508,000 in Merger-related costs during 2013, we will continue to incur additional Merger-related costs during 2014 until the Merger is either consummated or the Agreement is terminated. Such 2014 costs may be significant. In addition we may be obligated to pay certain termination expenses under the Agreement under certain circumstances if the Merger is not consummated. Since the announcement of the Merger, as what typically happens in such circumstances, some of our employees have been actively solicited by other banking institutions. Although the loss of such employees to date has not had a material impact on our results of operations, there can be no guarantee that we will not lose a significant number of employees, such as our loss of a number of corporate lenders in the fourth quarter of 2013, regardless of whether the Merger is consummated. Furthermore, if the Merger is not consummated, our recruiting efforts may be hampered by the previous announcement of the Merger.

 

In addition, under the terms of the Agreement, we are prohibited from undertaking certain business activities without the consent of Old National. Those types of activities include, among other things, any issuances of equity (other than in connection with the exercise of outstanding stock options or warrants), incurring significant capital expenditures, effectuating acquisitions, entering into loan agreements or advancing money, incurring indebtedness above a pre-determined amount, and settling litigation for amounts in excess of certain thresholds set forth in the Agreement. In the event we determine that it is in our best interest in engage in the types of activities described above and Old National withholds its consent, we may be adversely affected.

 

We operate in a highly regulated banking environment and we may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations or by the actions of our regulators.

 

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the IDFI, the FDIC, as insurer of our deposits, by the Federal Reserve, as regulator of our Bank and holding company and by the U.S. Congress and the Indiana General Assembly. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a financial institution and its holding company may engage, and are intended primarily for the protection of the depositors and borrowers of Tower Bank and for the protection of the FDIC insurance fund. The regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, the IDFI and the FDIC are not intended to protect the interests of investors in our common stock.  Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the adverse classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, including enforcement actions, may have a material impact on our operations.  In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the related rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and NASDAQ that are applicable to us, have, in recent years, increased the scope, complexity and cost of corporate governance, reporting and disclosure practices, including the costs of completing our audit and maintaining our internal controls.

 

Furthermore, the Merger requires the approval of the Federal Reserve Bank and the Office of the Comptroller of Currency, and no assurance can be given that either will approve the Merger.

 

Additionally, Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Statutes and regulations affecting our business may be changed at any time and the interpretation of these statutes and regulations by examining authorities may also change. There can be no assurance that such changes to the statutes and regulations or to their interpretation will not adversely affect our business. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. In addition to governmental supervision and regulation, we are subject to changes in other federal and state laws, including changes in tax laws, which could materially affect the banking industry.

 

 
13

 

 

We are subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny with respect to Bank Secrecy and Anti-Money Laundering statutes and regulations.

 

In recent years, regulators have intensified their focus on the USA Patriot Act’s Anti-Money Laundering and Bank Secrecy Act compliance requirements. There is also increased scrutiny of our compliance with the rules enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control. In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, we are required to adopt new policies and procedures and to install new systems. We cannot be certain that the policies, procedures and systems we have in place or may in the future put in place are or will be successful. Therefore, there is no assurance that in every instance we are and will be in full compliance with these requirements.

 

Dodd-Frank has, among other things, created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tightened capital standards and resulted in new laws and regulations that could adversely impact our results of operations.

 

In 2010, President Obama signed the legislation known as Dodd-Frank. This law significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. Dodd-Frank requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress, and gives discretionary rulemaking authority as well.

 

In 2011 a provision of Dodd-Frank eliminated the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest-bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.

 

Dodd-Frank also broadened the base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. Dodd-Frank also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per account, retroactive to January 1, 2008, The legislation also increases the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund, from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directs the FDIC to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.

 

Dodd-Frank requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation. It also provides that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges shall require listed companies to implement and disclose “clawback” policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.

 

Dodd-Frank requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk-based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities. Because our Bank has assets of more than $500 million and less than $15 billion, trust preferred securities issued prior to May 19, 2010 will still be considered Tier 1 capital.

 

The Durbin Amendment, a last-minute addition to Dodd-Frank, caps the debit card interchange or transaction fees that banks and card networks charge to merchants. The amendment’s goals were to introduce competition into the debit processing network, and to cap swipe fees if the market did not adjust as anticipated. It explicitly exempts financial institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, a designation that includes most community and state banks. If this amendment were to be applied to community and state banks at some point in the future, noninterest income will be adversely impacted.

 

While some provisions of Dodd-Frank have been implemented and have not had a significant impact on our operations and financial statements, there are recently promulgated rules and regulations and yet-to-be promulgated rules and regulations that could have a significant impact on community banks. For example, in January of 2013, Regulation Z was amended to regulate loan originator compensation and qualifications and to prohibit mandatory arbitration and the financing of credit insurance in mortgage transactions; obligations respecting appraisals were expanded under Regulation Z and Regulation B; Regulation X and Regulation Z were amended with respect to mortgage loan servicing; Regulation Z was amended with respect to consumer ability to repay in connection with mortgage loans; Regulation Z was amended with respect to escrow requirements for higher-priced mortgage loans; and Regulations Z and X were amended to expand the protections of the Home Ownership and Equity Protections Act of 1994 and implement requirements relating to homeownership counseling. At a minimum, many of these and future new regulations will increase our operating and compliance costs and will increase our interest expense.

 

 
14

 

 

Capital reform (Basel III) will tighten capital standards when implemented on January 1, 2015.

 

"Basel III" is a comprehensive set of reform measures, developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, to strengthen the regulation, supervision and risk management of the banking sector. These measures aim to:

 

 

-

improve the banking sector's ability to absorb shocks arising from financial and economic stress, whatever the source;

 

-

improve risk management and governance; and

 

-

strengthen banks' transparency and disclosures.

 

The United States banking regulatory agencies have revised risk-based and leverage capital requirements consistent with agreements reached by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in “Basel III: A Global Regulatory Framework for More Resilient Banks and Banking Systems” (Basel III). The revisions include implementation of a new common equity tier 1 minimum capital requirement, a higher minimum tier 1 capital requirement, and, for banking organizations subject to the advanced approaches capital rules, a supplementary leverage ratio that incorporates a broader set of exposures in the denominator measure. Additionally, consistent with Basel III, the banking agencies are will apply limits on a banking organization’s capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments if the banking organization does not hold a specified amount of common equity tier 1 capital in addition to the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. This rule will also establish more conservative standards for including an instrument in regulatory capital. The revisions set forth in the new rule are consistent with section 171 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which requires the regulatory agencies, including the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, to establish minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements. Implementation for a bank of our asset size is required by January 1, 2015.

 

We may be subject to a higher consolidated effective tax rate if there is a change in tax laws, tax rates, or our ability to record taxable income in the future.

 

In 2011, we reversed the valuation allowance on our state deferred tax asset. Two events occurred during 2011 that made it more likely than not that we will be able to recognize the state deferred tax asset over the next few years. These two events include reporting a net taxable position over the past three years for federal purposes and the liquidation of our REIT. The valuation allowance was originally placed on the state deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty that the Company would ever be able to recognize the asset based on the REIT, which has created losses at the state level since its inception in 2006. If the Company would not post income over the next couple of years as expected, the valuation allowance would need to be placed on the state deferred tax asset and possibly the federal deferred tax asset as well. This would result in an increase in our effective tax rate and additional losses to the Company.

 

We also have a high concentration of investments in municipal bonds. These bonds are not currently taxable at the federal or state level; therefore, giving us a much better yield than many other investments. If tax laws would change and require municipal income to be reported as taxable income, we could experience a negative impact on our effective tax rate and our results of operation.

 

A prolonged economic slowdown in the financial industry and the volatility of domestic and international credit markets may adversely affect our operations and our stock price.

 

A prolonged general economic slowdown in the financial services industry has resulted in uncertainty in financial markets since 2009. In addition, as a consequence of the recession that the United States is now working its way out of, business activity across a wide range of industries face serious difficulties due to the lack of consumer spending and the extreme lack of liquidity in the global credit markets.

 

The general economic downturn caused uncertainty in the financial markets over the past couple of years. Commercial, as well as consumer loan portfolio performances, deteriorated at many institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans increased significantly. In addition, the values of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages declined. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets compared to recent years. As a result, there is a potential for new federal or state laws and regulations regarding lending and funding practices and liquidity standards, and bank regulatory agencies are expected to be very aggressive in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, including the expected issuance of many formal enforcement orders.  Negative developments in the financial industry and the domestic and international credit markets, and the impact of new legislation in response to those developments, may negatively impact our operations by restricting our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, and adversely impact our financial performance or our stock price.

 

 
15

 

 

Our stock price is subject to volatility

 

The price of our stock is volatile. Because of the limited trading market for our stock, investors interested in buying or selling our stock may experience significant price fluctuations, especially if such investors are looking to acquire or sell a large number of shares. For example, if an investor is interested in selling large number of our shares, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. Furthermore, the price of our stock may be volatile because of possible fluctuations in our operating results and performance. Additionally, price volatility may also result from the general favor (or disfavor) among investors in our Company, the Merger, or financial services firms in general, as a result of the economy, the attractiveness of the financial markets, or any number of other factors. A significant decline in the market price of our stock could result in litigation that could substantially result in increased costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources from operations.

 

In connection with the announcement of the Merger, the price of our common stock increased by approximately 45% from its price on the day prior to the announcement, and by approximately 62% from its price approximately 90 days prior to the announcement. No assurance can be given that the current level of our stock price would be sustained. In addition, in the event the Merger is delayed or is not consummated, the price of our stock may decline significantly.

 

Changes in market interest rates, and lack thereof, have adversely affected and could continue to adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our financial condition and results of operations are significantly affected by changes in market interest rates. Our results of operations depend substantially on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest expense that we may pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our interest-bearing assets generally re-price or mature more quickly than our interest-earning liabilities. In 2008, the federal funds rate decreased 400 basis points to a low of 0.25% at December 31, 2008. The rate remained unchanged from December 31, 2008 through December 31, 2013.

 

During this period of low interest rates, we have re-pricing risk to the extent that the incoming cash flow from payments on our loans and investments is reinvested at lower rates than we were receiving. This will cause a decrease in our net interest income. To offset this, we may have to increase the size of our loan and investment portfolio to maintain an appropriate level of net interest income.

 

Technological advances may adversely impact our business.

 

The banking industry is undergoing technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. In addition to improving customer services, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do to does to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or successfully market such products and services to our customers.

 

A breach of information security or a breakdown in our data storage and distribution systems could adversely affect our earnings.

 

Increasingly, we depend upon data processing, communication and information exchange on a variety of computing platforms and networks, and over the Internet. We cannot be certain that all of our systems are entirely free from vulnerability to attack or that they may not from time to time malfunction, due either to human error or mechanical failure, despite safeguards we have instituted. In addition, we rely on the services of a variety of vendors to meet our data processing and communication needs. If information security is breached, information can be lost or misappropriated; resulting in financial loss or costs to us or damages to others. These costs or losses could materially exceed the amount of insurance coverage, if any, which could adversely affect our earnings.

 

 
16

 

 

Strong competition within the Bank’s market area has hurt and could continue to hurt our profits and slow our growth.

 

Competition in our banking and financial services competitive market area, both in making loans and in attracting deposits, is intense, and our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in both arenas. We compete in the greater Fort Wayne, Warsaw, Allen County and Kosciusko County market areas of Northeast Indiana, with numerous commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms. Many of these competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we do and may offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation.

 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

 

Our ability to develop, maintain and build upon long-term customer relationships based on quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets.

 

Our ability to maintain and expand our market position.

 

The scope, relevance and pricing of our products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands.

 

The rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors.

 

Customer satisfaction with our level of service.

 

Industry and general economic trends.

 

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Additionally, since the announcement of the Merger, as what typically happens in such circumstances, some of our employees have been actively solicited by other banking institutions. Although the loss of such employees to date has not had a material impact on our results of operations, there can be no guarantee that we will not lose a significant number of employees, such as the loss of a number of our corporate lenders in the fourth quarter of 2013, regardless of whether the Merger is consummated. Furthermore, if the Merger is not consummated, our ability to compete as a community bank or our ability to compete for talented employees may be adversely effected.

 

Price competition for loans and deposits might result in the Bank earning less on loans and paying more for deposits, which would reduce net interest income and adversely affect our results. Competition also may make it more difficult to attract deposits and, consequently, to grow loans.

 

We have relatively high amounts of commercial, commercial real estate and commercial development loans, and these loans are higher risk than residential mortgage loans.

 

We generally invest a greater proportion of our assets in loans secured by business assets and commercial real estate than financial institutions that invest a greater proportion of their assets in loans secured by single-family residences. Commercial real estate, commercial business and development loans generally involve a higher degree of credit risk than residential mortgage lending, due primarily to the relatively larger amounts loaned to individual borrowers. While we did not engage in the business of sub-prime lending, our construction, land development and land loan portfolio, along with our commercial loan portfolio and certain of our other loans, has been adversely affected by the recent downturn in the residential and commercial real estate market. Moreover, many of our borrowers also have more than one commercial real estate, commercial business or development loan outstanding with us or with other institutions, and the turmoil in the credit markets has made it more difficult for them to continue and sustain their prior business levels, thereby reducing their available cash flows. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship could expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss and could have a material adverse impact on our business and results.

 

Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2013, we lost a number of our corporate lenders to a competitor. Due to the loss of these corporate lenders, if the Merger is not consummated as planned, our ability to attract commercial, commercial real estate, and commercial development loans may be adversely effected.

 

 
17

 

 

Our reliance on our funding of Health Savings Accounts (HSA) as the main source for overall deposit growth could be adversely affected by future healthcare regulations.

 

Over the last few years, HSA have become our main focus in deposit growth due to the long-term nature of the deposit and its low cost of funds. In 2013, our HSA balances increased by $15.6 million, or 19.6%, to $94.9 million. These deposits had an average rate of 0.07% in 2013, compared to 0.11% in 2012. HSA have become very popular over the last few years as healthcare costs are at all-time highs. HSA are only available to those with a High Deductible Health Plan (HDHP) to help consumers save for medical costs. In addition, the contributions to the account up to a specified amount are tax deductible.

 

The Health Care Reform Act passed in 2010, and at this time there are still many unanswered questions and regulations being considered. Future regulations could result in HSA losing their current popularity which would have a significant negative impact on our Company.

 

We have relatively high amounts invested in municipalities and these have more risk than a government backed agency.

 

We generally invest a greater proportion of our long-term investments in municipal securities than financial institutions in our peer group, who typically invest a greater proportion of their long-term investments in government backed agencies. The market value of our municipal investments was $94.0 million, or 65.5% of our total long-term investments, at December 31, 2013. As a result of recent economic conditions, some municipalities are struggling to meet financial obligations. We have certain municipal investment securities which are subject to credit risk if the municipalities are unable to meet their obligations to us. In addition, certain bond insurers have filed bankruptcy in recent months. Although we believe the municipalities will be able to meet their obligations, there can be no certainty regarding future results. An adverse development with respect to one or more securities could expose us to a greater risk of loss and could have a material impact on our business and results.

 

Additionally, the Federal Reserve issued interagency guidance dated November 15, 2012 that states that state member banks may no longer rely solely on credit ratings issued by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (external credit ratings) to determine whether a particular security is an “investment security” that is permissible for investment. Under the revised rule, a security meets the “investment grade” test only if the issuer has an adequate capacity to meet its financial commitments under the security for the projected life of the asset or exposure. Under this definition, the bank is expected to make a determination through a degree of due diligence processes and additional analyses appropriate for the bank’s risk profile and for the size and complexity of the instrument. The more complex a security's structure, the more credit-related due diligence an institution should perform, even when the credit quality is perceived to be very high.

 

We Rely on Dividends from Our Subsidiary for Most of Our Revenue

 

Because we are a holding company with no significant assets other than the Bank and its subsidiary, the Trust Company, we typically depend upon dividends from one or both of these entities for a substantial portion of our revenues. From time to time, we may become a party to financing agreements or other contractual arrangements that may have the effect of limiting or prohibiting us or our bank subsidiary from declaring or paying dividends. Our holding company expenses and interest obligations on our trust preferred securities and corresponding subordinated debt securities issued by us may limit or impair our ability to declare or pay dividends. In 2013, the Bank paid a dividend to the Holding Company in the amount of $3.4 million to fund the quarterly and special dividends to stockholders totaling $2.6 million, and to fund the repurchase of 70,000 shares of the Company’s common stock for $863,000. Future dividends will depend upon the Board’s assessment of our operating and financial condition, projected cash needs, contractual restrictions and any further restrictions imposed on us by our banking regulators. Additionally, the terms of the Merger agreement require the consent of Old National before any dividends are declared and paid.

 

We depend heavily on our key banking and management personnel.

 

Our success depends in part on its ability to attract and retain key executives and to attract and retain qualified and productive banking officers, who have experience both in sophisticated banking matters and in operating small to mid-size banks. These qualities are essential both for effective executive management and also for the growth and expansion of the Bank’s customer base for loans and deposits. Competition for such personnel is strong in the local banking industry, and we compete with many other banks and financial institutions, some of them with financial resources and benefits greater than ours, for such individuals. In this market environment, we may not be successful in attracting or retaining the personnel we require for future growth. We expect to effectively compete in this area by offering financial packages that include incentive-based compensation and the opportunity to join in the rewarding work of building a growing bank. However, since the announcement of the Merger, as what typically happens in such circumstances, some of our employees have been actively solicited by other banking institutions. Although the loss of such employees to date has not had a material impact on our results of operations, there can be no guarantee that we will not lose a significant number of employees, such as the loss of a number of our corporate lenders in the fourth quarter of 2013, regardless of whether the Merger is consummated. Furthermore, if the Merger is not consummated, our ability to attract talented employees may be adversely effected.

 

 
18

 

 

Our Controls and Procedures May Fail or Be Circumvented

 

Management regularly reviews and updates our internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

ITEM 1b.      UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.  

 

None.

 

ITEM 2 .        PROPERTIES.

 

The properties below are owned or leased by us and we believe these properties are suitable and adequate for our current business and are appropriately utilized.

 

Description

Location

Own or Lease

Corporate Headquarters

Fort Wayne, Indiana (Downtown)

Lease

Dupont Branch

Fort Wayne, Indiana (North)

Own

Scott/Illinois Branch

Fort Wayne, Indiana (Southwest)

Own

Stellhorn/Lahmeyer Branch

Fort Wayne, Indiana (Northeast)

Own

Waynedale Branch

Fort Wayne, Indiana (South)

Own

Covington Branch

Fort Wayne, Indiana (Southwest)

Own

Warsaw Branch

Warsaw, Indiana (Downtown)

Own

     

 

The Bank conducts business through the Corporate Headquarters and the branches. None of the properties we own are subject to any major encumbrances.  Our net investment in real estate and equipment at December 31, 2013 was $9.1 million.

 

ITEM 3.         LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

None.

 

 
19

 

 

PART II

 

ITEM 4.         MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

None.

 

ITEM 5.        MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market System under the symbol “TOFC.” As of March 27, 2014, there were 410 stockholders of record and approximately 911 beneficial owners of the common stock.

 

The following table also presents the high and low sales prices for our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market System, by quarter for 2013 and 2012.

 

High/Low Stock Price

 

   

2013

   

2012

 
   

High

   

Low

   

High

   

Low

 
                                 

1st Quarter

  $ 13.980     $ 11.790     $ 12.600     $ 8.310  
                                 

2nd Quarter

  $ 15.000     $ 12.920     $ 10.930     $ 10.050  
                                 

3rd Quarter

  $ 23.420     $ 14.000     $ 12.770     $ 9.460  
                                 

4th Quarter

  $ 26.000     $ 22.930     $ 14.250     $ 11.300  

 

Dividends

 

Because we are a holding company and substantially all of our assets are held by the Bank, our primary source for dividends has been the Bank. Payments from the Bank to the Holding Company are subject to legal and regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and profits, imposed by law and regulatory agencies with authority over the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. In addition, under the terms of the debentures issued in connection with certain trust preferred securities due in 2035 and 2037, we would be precluded from paying dividends on our common stock (other than dividends in the form of additional shares of common stock) if we are in default under these debentures, if we have exercised our right to defer payments of interest on these debentures, or if certain related defaults occurred.

 

From April 23, 2010 until its termination on July 10, 2012, we were under a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI, (the “Written Agreement”). One of the requirements in the Written Agreement was that we were not to pay dividends on or redeem any common or preferred stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on its Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve. In response to these requirements, no preferred stock dividends, common stock dividends or Trust Preferred Debt interest payments were made in 2010 or 2011.

 

In June of 2012, the Company paid all of the deferred interest payments on its outstanding trust preferred subordinated securities in the amount of $2.3 million. The Company received permission on May 11, 2012 from the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to make both of these payments on their respective due dates.

 

Effective July 10, 2012, the Federal Reserve and IDFI lifted and, therefore, terminated the Written Agreement between itself and the Company, as well as its wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result, the Bank was able to pay $5.7 million in dividends to the Holding Company to fund the purchase of a $1.0 million par value equity security in the amount of $902,900, to fund two quarterly dividends and one special dividend to stockholders totaling $2.9 million, and to fund the repurchase of 141,850 shares of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the third quarter of 2012, no dividend payments had been made since the first quarter of 2008.

 

 
20

 

 

Stockholder Return Performance Graph

 

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on the Company’s Common Stock (based on the last reported sales price of the respective year) with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Stock Market Index (United States stocks only) and the NASDAQ Bank Stocks Index for the past five years ending December 31, 2009 – 2013. The following information is based on an investment of $100 on January 29, 1999 in the Company’s Common Stock at the market close on that day, the NASDAQ Stock Market Index and the NASDAQ Bank Stocks Index, with dividends reinvested where applicable.

 

The comparisons shown in the graph below are based on historical data and the Company cautions that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not indicative of, and is not intended to forecast, the potential future performance of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

 

 

   

For the years ended December 31,

 

Index

 

2009

   

2010

   

2011

   

2012

   

2013

 
                                         

Tower Financial Corporation

  $ 66.218     $ 72.736     $ 80.058     $ 114.450     $ 239.210  

Nasdaq Total US Index

    93.198       110.370       110.960       131.270       182.786  

Nasdaq Bank Index

    96.510       114.770       102.640       122.800       175.778  

 

The foregoing Performance Graph shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference in any previous or future documents filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates the graph by reference in any such document.

 

Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities

Period

 

Total Number of

Shares Repurchased

   

Average Price

Paid Per Share

   

Total Number of

Shares Repurchased

as part of Publicly

Announced Plan

or Program

   

Maximum Number of

Shares (or Dollar

Value) that May Yet

be Purchased Under

Plans or Programs

 
                                 

Beginning Balance 12/31/2012:

    -     $ 12.66       206,850       108,150  

1/1/2013 - 3/31/2013

    70,000       12.32       70,000       38,150  

4/1/2013 - 6/30/2013

    -       -       -       -  

7/1/2013 - 9/30/2013

    -       -       -       -  

10/1/2013 - 12/31/2013

    -       -       -       -  

Ending Balance 12/31/2013:

    70,000     $ 12.66       276,850       38,150  

 

 
21

 

 

ITEM 6.      SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Consolidated Summary of Operations and Selected Statistical Data

 

           

Years ended December 31,

 

($ in thousands, except per share data)

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

   

2010

   

2009

 

Results of Operations:

                                       

Interest income

  $ 23,475     $ 25,974     $ 28,894     $ 30,452     $ 32,067  

Interest expense

    2,799       3,770       6,139       8,191       12,247  

Net interest income

    20,676       22,204       22,755       22,261       19,820  

Provision for loan losses

    (1,975 )     2,493       4,220       4,745       10,735  

Noninterest income

    10,262       8,514       8,151       7,814       6,088  

Noninterest expense

    21,480       20,868       21,618       21,243       22,998  

Income (loss) before income taxes

    11,433       7,357       5,068       4,087       (7,824 )

Income taxes expense (benefit)

    3,322       1,612       (1,552 )     923       (2,217 )

Net income (loss)

    8,111       5,744       6,620       3,164       (5,607 )

Per Share Data:

                                       

Net income (loss): basic

  $ 1.73     $ 1.18     $ 1.37     $ 0.73     $ (1.37 )

Net income (loss): diluted

    1.73       1.18       1.36       0.69       (1.37 )

Book value per common share at end of period

    13.51       13.46       12.79       11.09       11.04  

Dividends declared

    0.550       0.610    

n/a

   

n/a

   

n/a

 

Balance Sheet Data:

                                       

Total assets

  $ 690,553     $ 683,973     $ 700,681     $ 659,928     $ 680,159  

Total securities held to maturity

    -       -       -       -       4,496  

Total securities available for sale

    143,554       174,383       128,620       110,109       85,179  

Loans held for sale

    2,169       4,933       4,930       2,141       3,842  

Total loans

    455,795       450,466       462,561       486,914       527,333  

Allowance for loan losses

    5,715       8,289       9,408       12,489       11,598  

Total deposits

    598,400       561,007       602,037       576,356       568,380  

FHLB advances

    5,500       28,300       12,000       7,500       43,200  

Junior subordinated debt

    17,527       17,527       17,527       17,527       17,527  

Stockholders' equity

    63,251       63,746       62,097       53,129       46,936  

Performance Ratios:

                                       

Return on average assets

    1.18 %     0.87 %     1.00 %     0.48 %     -0.81 %

Return on average stockholders' equity

    12.94 %     8.80 %     11.81 %     6.32 %     -11.48 %

Net interest margin (tax equivalent)

    3.50 %     3.81 %     3.84 %     3.70 %     3.14 %

Efficiency ratio

    69.43 %     67.93 %     69.95 %     70.63 %     88.76 %

Asset Quality Ratios:

                                       

Nonperforming loans to total loans

    2.32 %     3.71 %     2.70 %     4.75 %     3.02 %

Nonperforming assets to total assets

    1.87 %     2.74 %     2.28 %     4.22 %     3.03 %

Net charge-offs to average loans

    0.07 %     0.78 %     1.51 %     0.76 %     1.78 %

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

    1.25 %     1.84 %     2.03 %     2.56 %     2.20 %

Liquidity and Capital Ratios:

                                       

Loan to deposit ratio

    76.17 %     80.30 %     76.83 %     84.48 %     92.78 %

Total stockholders' equity to total assets

    9.16 %     9.32 %     8.86 %     8.05 %     6.90 %

Total risk-based capital

    16.51 %     15.90 %     15.16 %     14.30 %     12.45 %

Tier 1 leverage risk-based capital

    15.42 %     14.65 %     13.91 %     13.10 %     10.90 %

Tier 1 leverage capital

    11.54 %     11.18 %     10.97 %     10.55 %     9.05 %

 

n/a - not applicable

 

 
22

 

 

ITEM 7.        MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

 

 

Introduction

 

The following discussion presents management’s discussion and analysis of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this report.

 

Overview

 

Net income was $8.1 million in 2013 compared to net income of $5.7 million in 2012. The increase of $2.4 million, or 41.2%, was primarily the result of a $4.5 million change in our loan loss provision. In 2013, we recorded a loan loss provision credit (income) of $2.0 million, while in 2012 we recorded a loan loss provision expense of $2.5 million. This positive change in our loan loss provision helped offset a reduction in our net interest income of $1.5 million, due primarily to margin compression caused by lower interest rates.

 

Net interest income was $20.7 million for 2013, a decrease of 7.4% from 2012. Our average earning assets increased by $23.9 million in 2013. However, our yield on those assets dropped from 4.43% from 2012 to 3.94% in 2013. The low rate environment continues to impact the banking industry, as new loan and investment volume is being brought in at lower rates than the assets being paid off. The decrease in our earning asset yield was partially offset by a reduction in our cost of funds, which lowered interest expense by $971,000 in 2013.

 

Non-interest income increased by $1.7 million, or 20.5%, in 2013. This was primarily the result of an increase in gains on sales of investment securities of $1.2 million. The liquidation of some of our investment portfolio allowed us to realize some gains and improve our liquidity. Additionally, our Trust Company increased their revenues by $624,000, a 16.3% improvement from 2012.

 

Due to the improvement in our overall asset quality, as well as minimal growth in the loan portfolio, we were able to record a loan loss provision credit (income) of $2.0 million in 2013. This represents a $4.5 million change from the $2.5 million loan loss provision expense we recorded in 2012.

 

Non-interest expenses increased $611,860, or 2.9%, in 2013. The increase resulted primarily from the salaries and benefits, along with data processing and legal expenses. Salaries and benefits increased by $952,000 or 8.4%, of which $899,000, was related to our profit sharing incentive, which was higher than normal due to our improved financial results. Data processing increased by $216,000, or 15%, due to the increased volume in our deposit accounts, along with debit card processing expenses. Legal and professional expenses grew by $333,000, or 22.2%, which was primarily caused by $508,000 in legal and professional expenses related to our pending merger with Old National.

 

Income taxes for 2013 increased by $1.7 million, due to increased pre-tax income. Our effective tax rate increased to 29.1%, compared to 21.9% 2012. The increase was due primarily to increased profits from taxable assets, as the size of our tax exempt portfolio was relatively unchanged from 2012.

 

Total assets increased by $6.6 million, or 1%, at December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents increased by $27.3 million, loans outstanding increased by $5.3 million, and bank-owned life insurance increased by $3.4 million. This growth was offset by a reduction in trading securities of $30.8 million, which allowed us to realize some gains and improve our liquidity.

 

Total deposits at December 31, 2013 were $598.4 million, an increase of 37.4 million. Interest-bearing checking accounts increased by $19.9 million, primarily due to an increase of $15.6 million in our health savings account product. Money market accounts increased by $9.8 million, and savings accounts increased by $3.9 million. This growth was offset by a reduction of $6.6 million in our in-market certificate of deposit accounts.

 

Total equity at December 31, 2013 decreased by $495,000, as a result of $8.1 million in net income offset by $2.6 million in cash dividends to our common stock shareholders, $862,000 of treasury stock repurchases, and a decrease of $5.4 million in the unrealized loss on our trading securities due to market fluctuations.

 

 
23

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements requires that we make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Critical accounting policies are defined as those that are reflective of significant judgments and uncertainties, and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. Our critical accounting policies are limited to those described below. For a detailed discussion on the application of these and other accounting policies, see Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the audited consolidated financial statements included in this report.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses .

Our allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Additions to the allowance may result from recording provision for loan losses and recoveries, while charge offs are deducted from the allowance. Allocation of the allowance is made for analytical purposes only, and the entire allowance is available to absorb any loan charged off.

 

We have an established process for determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that relies on various procedures and pieces of information to arrive at a range of probable outcomes. No single statistic or measurement, in itself, determines the adequacy of the allowance. The allowance has two components: identified specific allocations and a percentage allocation based on loss history for different loan groups.

 

To determine the allocated component of the allowance, we combine estimated allowances required for specifically identified loans that are analyzed individually and loans that are analyzed on a group basis. First, management allocates specific portions of the allowance for loan losses based on identifiable problem loans. Problem loans are identified through a loan risk rating system and monitored through watch list reporting. The amount of impairment, or specific reserve, is calculated by using the present value of expected cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell as required by ASC310-10. Second, management’s evaluation of the allowance for different loan groups is based on consideration of actual loss experience, the present and prospective financial condition of our borrowers, industry concentrations within the loan portfolio and general economic conditions. Lastly, the unallocated component of the allowance is maintained to supplement the allocated component and to recognize the imprecision of estimating and measuring loss when evaluating loss allocations for individual loans or pools of loans. The allocated and the unallocated components represent the total allowance for loan losses that under normal circumstances should adequately cover probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio.

 

Actual loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes that a loan or a portion thereof is uncollectible. A loan is impaired when full payment under the loan terms is not expected. Impairment is evaluated in the aggregate for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature such as residential mortgage and consumer loans, and on an individual loan basis for other loans. Commercial loans and mortgage loans secured by other properties are evaluated individually for impairment. When analysis of a borrower's operating results and financial condition indicates that underlying cash flows of the borrower's business are not adequate to meet its debt service requirements, the loan is evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing interest rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

 

There are many factors affecting judgment calls relating to allowances for loan losses. Some are quantitative while others require qualitative judgment. Although we believe our process for determining the allowance adequately considers all of the factors that could potentially result in credit losses, the process includes subjective elements and may be susceptible to significant change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provision for loan losses could be required that could adversely affect earnings or financial position in future periods.

 

 
24

 

 

Results of Operations

 

Summary

Net income was $8.1 million, or $1.73 per diluted share for the year ended December 31, 2013. This represents the highest income in our history and an increase of $2.4 million from 2012. Our pre-tax earnings increased $4.1 million, or 55.4%. The primary driver of our record earnings was a loan loss provision credit (income) of $2.0 million in 2013, compared to a loan loss provision expense of $2.5 million in 2012, and gains on sales of securities of $1.3 million in 2013, compared to $149,000 in 2012. These increases were offset by a reduction in our net interest income of $1.5 million and an increase in noninterest expenses of $612,000.

 

Net Interest Income

Net interest income, the difference between revenue generated from earning assets and the interest cost of funding those assets, is our primary source of earnings. In 2013, our net interest income decreased by $1.5 million, or 7.4%, from 2012. This was primarily the result of a 31 basis point drop in our margin due to the competitive interest rate environment. Our net interest margin was 3.50% in 2013 compared to 3.81% in 2012 and 3.84% in 2011.

 

Our interest income for 2013 was $23.5 million, a decrease of $2.5 million from 2012. The yield on our earning assets was 3.94% compared to 4.43% in 2012 and 4.84% in 2011. Yields were lower in both our loan and investment categories. As older, higher yielding, loans and investments mature, they are being replaced by lower yielding loans and investments. Additionally, while our average earning assets increased by $23.9 million in 2013, the growth came entirely in our investment portfolio, which historically has lower yields than loans. Our average loans decreased by $18.9 million in 2013. Offsetting the reduction in interest income was a $971,000 decrease in interest expense as we strived to continue reducing our cost of funds. This reduction occurred by growing our low cost checking and savings accounts, and repositioning our brokered certificates of deposit with lower cost certificates. In 2013 our cost of funds was 0.55% compared to 0.80% in 2012 and 1.21% in 2011.

 

The level of net interest income is primarily a function of asset size, as the weighted-average interest rate received on earning assets is greater than the weighted average interest cost of funding sources; however, factors such as types of assets and liabilities, interest rate risk, liquidity, asset quality, and customer behavior also impact net interest income as well as the net yield.

 

 
25

 

 

The following table reflects the average balance, interest earned or paid, and yields or costs of our assets, liabilities and stockholders’ equity during 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

  Average Balance, Interest and Yield/ Cost Analysis

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

($ in thousands)

 

Average

Balance

   

Interest

Earned

or Paid

   

Yield

or Cost

   

Average

Balance

   

Interest

Earned

or Paid

   

Yield

or Cost

   

Average

Balance

   

Interest

Earned

or Paid

   

Yield

or Cost

 

Assets

                                                                       

Short-term investments and interest-earning deposits

  $ 5,147     $ 23       0.45 %   $ 1,569     $ 42       2.68 %   $ 1,794     $ 35       1.95 %

Federal funds sold

    179       -       0.00 %     3,466       4       0.12 %     3,283       4       0.12 %

Securities - taxable

    89,788       1,217       1.36 %     78,254       1,839       2.35 %     79,608       2,296       2.88 %

Securities - tax exempt (1)

    92,191       4,354       4.72 %     61,114       3,071       5.03 %     46,533       2,623       5.64 %

Loans held for sale

    3,906       -       0.00 %     3,960       -       0.00 %     2,295       -       0.00 %

Loans

    442,702       19,362       4.37 %     461,609       22,064       4.78 %     481,933       24,828       5.15 %

Total interest-earning assets

    633,913       24,956       3.94 %     609,972       27,020       4.43 %     615,446       29,786       4.84 %
                                                                         

Allowance for loan losses

    (7,700 )                     (9,174 )                     (11,868 )                

Cash and due from banks

    22,119                       21,379                       19,975                  

Other assets

    39,782                       40,144                       39,751                  

Total assets

  $ 688,114                     $ 662,321                     $ 663,304                  
                                                                         

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

                                                                       

Interest-bearing checking

  $ 181,596     $ 132       0.07 %   $ 156,317     $ 196       0.13 %   $ 112,283     $ 156       0.14 %

Savings

    31,656       13       0.04 %     25,206       13       0.05 %     22,036       33       0.15 %

Money market

    122,583       121       0.10 %     137,436       389       0.28 %     164,065       717       0.44 %

Certificates of deposit

    141,521       2,104       1.49 %     122,273       2,560       2.09 %     176,176       4,185       2.38 %

Short-term borrowings

    -       -       0.00 %     35       -       0.00 %     46       -       0.00 %

FHLB advances

    13,451       109       0.81 %     14,636       161       1.10 %     15,987       231       1.44 %

Junior subordinated debt

    17,527       320       1.83 %     17,527       451       2.57 %     17,527       817       4.66 %

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    508,334       2,799       0.55 %     473,430       3,770       0.80 %     508,120       6,139       1.21 %
      -                       -                       -                  

Noninterest-bearing checking

    111,272                       116,724                       93,532                  

Other liabilities

    5,843                       7,093                       5,588                  

Stockholders' equity

    62,665                       65,074                       56,064                  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 688,114                     $ 662,321                     $ 663,304                  
                                                                         

Net interest income

          $ 22,157                     $ 23,250                     $ 23,647          

Rate spread

                    3.39 %                     3.63 %                     3.63 %

Net interest income as a percent of average earning assets

                    3.50 %                     3.81 %                     3.84 %

 

(1) Computed on a tax equivalent basis for tax equivalent securities using a 34% statutory tax rate.

 

 
26

 

 

The following table shows the changes in interest income, interest expense, and net interest income due to variances in rate and volume of average earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The change in interest not solely due to changes in rate or volume has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

 

Changes in Net Interest Income Due

To Rate and Volume

   

2013 over 2012

 

($ in thousands)

 

Rate

   

Volume

   

Total

 

Increase (decrease) in interest income:

                       

Short-term investments and interest- earning deposits

  $ (23 )   $ -     $ (23 )

Federal funds sold

    -       -       -  

Securities - taxable

    (746 )     124       (622 )

Securities - tax exempt

    (106 )     1,389       1,283  

Loans

    (1,619 )     (1,083 )     (2,702 )

Net change in interest income

    (2,494 )     430       (2,064 )

Increase (decrease) in interest expense:

                       

Interest-bearing checking

    (83 )     17       (66 )

Savings

    (1 )     2       1  

Money market

    (213 )     (3 )     (216 )

Certificates of deposit

    (745 )     237       (508 )

Short-term borrowings

    -       -       -  

FHLB advances

    (34 )     (18 )     (52 )

Trust preferred securities

    (131 )     -       (131 )

Net change in interest expense

    (1,207 )     235       (972 )

Net change in interest income and interest expense

  $ (1,287 )   $ 195     $ (1,092 )

 

   

2012 over 2011

 

($ in thousands)

 

Rate

   

Volume

   

Total

 

Increase (decrease) in interest income:

                       

Short-term investments and interest- earning deposits

  $ 12     $ (5 )   $ 7  

Federal funds sold

    -       -       -  

Securities - taxable

    (419 )     (38 )     (457 )

Securities - tax exempt

    (308 )     756       448  

Loans

    (1,745 )     (1,019 )     (2,764 )

Net change in interest income

    (2,460 )     (306 )     (2,766 )

Increase (decrease) in interest expense:

                       

Interest-bearing checking

    13       27       40  

Savings

    (24 )     4       (20 )

Money market

    (225 )     (103 )     (328 )

Certificates of deposit

    (454 )     (1,171 )     (1,625 )

Short-term borrowings

    -       -       -  

FHLB advances

    (52 )     (18 )     (70 )

Trust preferred securities

    (366 )     -       (366 )

Net change in interest expense

    (1,108 )     (1,261 )     (2,369 )

Net change in interest income and interest expense

  $ (1,352 )   $ 955     $ (397 )

 

Interest income is primarily generated from the loan portfolio. Average loans comprised 70%, 76%, and 78% of average earning assets during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. During 2013, the loan portfolio had an average yield of 4.37%, and earned $19.4 million, or 82.5% of total interest income, a decrease of $2.7 million from 2012 and $5.5 million from 2011. Average loans were $442.7 million in 2013, a decrease of $18.9 million from 2012 and $39.2 million from 2011. This decrease in loans was offset by increases in long-term investments. Average investments were $182.0 million in 2013, compared to $139.4 million in 2012 and $126.1 in 2011. While the yield on the investment portfolio dropped to 3.06% in 2013, compared to 3.52% in 2012 and 3.90% in 2011, the increase in size of our portfolio provided for increased interest income of $226,000 compared to 2012 and $63,000 compared to 2011.

 

 
27

 

 

Interest expense is primarily generated from certificates of deposit, which equaled 27.8% of average interest-bearing liabilities during 2013, compared to 25.8% and 34.7% of average interest-bearing liabilities in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Total average borrowings were 6.1%, 6.8%, and 6.6% of average interest-bearing liabilities during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

Money market balances had an average rate of 0.10% and cost $122,583, or 4.32% of total interest expense, in 2013 compared to an average rate of 0.28% and cost $388,658, or 10.3% of total interest expense, in 2012. Certificates of deposit had an average rate of 1.49% and cost $2.1 million, or 75.2% of total interest expense in 2013, compared to an average rate of 2.09% and cost of $2.6 million, or 67.9% of total interest expense, in 2012. Interest expense on savings and interest-bearing checking totaled 4.72% of total interest expense at an average rate of 0.07% during 2013 and 5.2% of total interest expense at average rate of 0.13% during 2012. The Company paid $428,544 of interest expense on borrowings, or 15.3% of total interest expense, during 2013 and paid $612,489 of interest expense on borrowings, or 16.2% of total interest expense, during 2012.

 

In December 2010, $8.0 million of our Trust Preferred Debt Securities went to a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.34%. This provided for an average rate on this of 4.66% for the year ending December 31, 2011. In March 2012, the remaining $9.0 million of our Trust Preferred Debt Securities went to a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 1.69%, which lowered our costs from that funding type by $365,587, or 44.8%, from 2011 to 2012. This reduced the average rate on this funding from 4.66% for the year ending December 31, 2011 to 2.57% for the year ending December 31, 2012. Due to the continued low interest rate environment, our average rate on this debt in 2013 was 1.83%. This lowered our costs from this funding by $131,302 in 2013.

 

Provision for Loan Losses  

In 2013 we recorded a loan loss provision credit (income) of $2.0 million, compared to loan loss provision expense of $2.5 million in 2012 and $4.2 million in 2011. The loan loss provision credit was the result of our improved asset quality over the past several years. This was accomplished through charging-down loans, selling loans, and working with customers to move these loans to other financial institutions. Additionally, we have had minimal deterioration in our existing loan portfolio. Our “watch list” loans decreased by $12.9 million during 2013, and are now only 5.69% of total loans. This decrease in poorly rated loans allowed us to reduce our loan loss reserve, which contributed to our provision credit for 2013.

 

We charged off $1.3 million in loan balances during 2013, compared to $3.9 million in 2012. Net recoveries (recoveries in excess of charge-offs) were $716,000 in 2013, compared to $307,000 in 2012.

 

We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level management feels is adequate to absorb probable losses incurred in the loan portfolio. The evaluation is based upon our historical loan loss experience, along with the banking industry’s historical loan loss experience, as well as known and inherent risks contained in the loan portfolio, composition and growth of the loan portfolio, current and projected economic conditions and other factors.

 

Noninterest Income

Total noninterest income was $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $8.5 million in 2012 and $8.2 million in 2011. The increase of $1.7 million from 2012 came primarily from increased trust and brokerage fees and gains on sales of securities. Trust and brokerage fees increased $624,000, or 16.3%, due to an increase in assets under management of $70.6 million from December 31, 2012. Trust assets under management were $538.3 million and brokerage assets under management were $204.5 million at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2012, trust assets under management were $479.7 million and brokerage assets under management were $192.6 million. Gains on sales of securities were $1.3 million in 2013, compared to $149,000 in 2012 and $777,000 in 2011. The liquidation of a portion of our investment portfolio during the fourth quarter allowed us to realize some market gains. The proceeds were held in our cash and cash equivalents to boost our liquidity and allow us to selectively reduce borrowings and brokered certificates of deposit.

 

The increases in noninterest income were offset by a reduction in mortgage banking income of $403,000, or 37.5%. The reduction was primarily volume driven, as loan originations were $65.6 million in 2013 compared to $90.7 million in 2012. The decrease in origination volume was primarily due to the increase in long-term rates during the second half of the year, which slowed refinancing activity.

 

 
28

 

 

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense totaled $21.5 million in 2013, which was an increase of $611,860, or 2.9%, from 2012. The increase came primarily from three categories: salaries and benefits, data processing, and legal and professional. Salaries and benefits increased by $1.2 million in 2013, of which $899,000, or 75%, related to our profit sharing plan. Our profit sharing expense was higher due to the 55.4% increase in our overall pre-tax net income for 2013. Additionally, salary expense increased by $191,000, or 2.5%, due primarily to annual increases awarded to our employees. Data processing expense increased by $216,000, or 15%, from 2012. The increase was the result of costs associated with our core processing system and debit cards due to the growth in deposit accounts. Legal and professional expenses increased by $333,000, or 22.2%, from 2012. The increase was due to $508,000 of costs incurred related to our pending merger with Old National Bank, which included $200,000 to our investment banking firm for a fairness opinion and $308,000 for legal fees. Notwithstanding our merger transaction, we experienced a reduction in legal and professional expenses during the year. The majority of the savings came from a reduction in collections costs of $77,000 due to our asset quality improvement.

 

Our efficiency ratio, computed by dividing noninterest expense by net interest income plus noninterest income, was 69.4% in 2013 compared to 67.9% in 2012 and 70.0% in 2011. The increase in our efficiency ratio came from a larger increase in noninterest expenses than revenue. Total revenue, net interest income plus noninterest income, grew by $221,000 in 2013, but was offset by an increase in noninterest expenses of $612,000.

 

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense in 2013 was $3.3 million, compared to $1.6 million in 2012. The increase of $1.7 million was due to the $4.1 million increase in our pre-tax income. Our effective tax rate for 2013 was 29.06% compared to 21.92% for 2012. Our effective rate increased primarily due to the increase in income from non-tax exempt assets. Our tax-exempt loans and investment balances did not change significantly from 2012, so the additional income we generated was fully-taxed. In 2011, we recorded an income tax benefit due to the reversal of the valuation allowance previously set up on the state deferred tax asset created by our book to tax timing differences at the state level and our state net operating losses created by our REIT. Releasing the valuation allowance on the state deferred tax assets in 2011 was triggered by two events during the year that made it more likely than not that we will realize the state deferred tax asset within the next few years. First, we had a net taxable income position over the past three years for federal purposes and we didn’t expect that to change in the foreseeable future. Second, we liquidated our REIT at the end of the third quarter of 2011, which will create state taxable income going forward, if we continue to produce a profit as expected.    

 

Capital Sources

 

Stockholders’ equity is a noninterest-bearing source of funds, which provides support for asset growth. Stockholders’ equity was $63.3 million and $63.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease was the result of a $5.4 million increase in unrealized losses, net of tax, on available-for-sale securities, the repurchase of 70,000 shares of our common stock for $862,000, and payment of dividends to common shareholders of $2.6 million. These decreases were offset by $8.1 million in net income, $65,000 in stock compensation expense, and $139,000 from the exercise of 10,025 stock options.

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet the various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements. Currently, both the Company and the Bank have been categorized as “Well Capitalized,” the highest classification contained within the banking regulations. The capital ratios of the Company and the Bank as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are disclosed in Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. Each year, we refine our Capital Contingency Plan and establish or reconfirm internal minimum capital levels that are in excess of those required by the regulators to remain “well capitalized”. The plan provides that our Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio should be equal to or greater than 10.5% and 11.0% and our Leverage Ratio should be equal to or greater than 7.5% and 8.0% for the Bank and the Company, respectively.

 

Our ability to pay cash and stock dividends is subject to limitations under various laws and regulations and to prudent and sound banking practices. Prior to 2006 no cash or stock dividends were paid. In December 2005, our Board of Directors formally approved the payment of dividends commencing in calendar 2006. This was based on an analysis of our liquidity needs, regulatory and capital requirements, and results of operations. During 2006, we paid dividends at annual rate of $0.16 per share payable in four quarterly installments. This was increased in 2007 by 10%, which resulted in dividends paid totaling $0.176 per share. In January 2008, our Board of Directors voted to pay a dividend of $0.044 per share for the first quarter dividend payment. In the second quarter of 2008, however, we elected to forego the declaration of dividends on our common stock indefinitely. The decision was based on the desire to retain capital and hedge against challenging economic and banking industry conditions as well as to maintain Tower Bank’s current “well capitalized” status within the Federal Reserve System.

 

 
29

 

 

From April 23, 2010 until its termination on July 10, 2012, we were under a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI. One of the requirements in the Written Agreement was that we not pay dividends on or redeem any of our common or preferred stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on its Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve. Because of these restrictions, no preferred stock dividends, common stock dividends or Trust Preferred Debt interest payments were made in 2010 or 2011.

 

In June of 2012, the Company paid all of the deferred interest payments on its outstanding trust preferred subordinated securities in the amount of $2.3 million. The Company received permission on May 11, 2012 from the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to make both of these payments on their respective due dates

 

Effective July 10, 2012, the Federal Reserve lifted and, therefore, terminated the Written Agreement between itself and the Company, as well as its wholly-owned subsidiaries. As a result of this event, the Bank was able to pay $5.7 million in dividends to the Holding Company to fund the purchase of a $1.0 million par value equity security in the amount of $902,900, to fund two quarterly dividends and one special dividend to stockholders totaling $2.9 million, and to fund the repurchase of 141,850 shares of the Company’s common stock. Prior to the third quarter of 2012, no dividend payments had been made since the first quarter of 2008.

 

In 2013, the Company made dividend payments of $0.07 per common share in the first and second quarter, and payments of $0.08 per common share in the third and fourth quarters. Additionally, the company made a special dividend payment to shareholders of $0.25 per common share in September 2013.

 

  Liquidity and Capital Ratios

   

December 31,

 
   

2013

   

2012

 

Loan to deposit ratio

    76.17 %     80.30 %

Loan to funding ratio

    73.35 %     73.14 %

Total risk-based capital

    16.51 %     15.90 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital

    15.42 %     14.65 %

Tier 1 leverage capital

    11.54 %     11.18 %

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is measured by our ability to raise funds through deposits, borrowed funds, capital or cash flow from the repayment of loans and investment securities. These funds are used to meet depositor withdrawals, maintain reserve requirements, to fund loans and to fund operational expenses. Liquidity is primarily achieved through the growth of deposits and liquid assets such as securities available for sale, cash flow from securities, matured securities, and federal funds sold. Asset and liability management is the process of managing the balance sheet to achieve a mix of earning assets and liabilities that maximize profitability while providing adequate liquidity.

 

Our liquidity strategy is to fund growth with deposits (from both in-market and out-of-market sources), Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings and to maintain an adequate level of short-term and medium-term investments to meet typical daily loan and deposit activity needs. Deposits increased by $37.4 million from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. Growth came primarily in our interest-bearing checking and money-market accounts. Interest-bearing checking accounts at December 31, 2013 increased by $19.8 million, of which $15.6 million came from our Health Savings Account product. Money-market accounts at December 31, 2013 increased by $10.1 million.

 

While we mainly generate deposits from in-market sources, we also generate certificates of deposit through national, so-called out-of-market sources. These deposits include brokered deposits, which we began accepting during 2003. The use of brokered deposits offers us the flexibility to structure the duration and volume of funding that in-market deposits cannot provide. As a result, we have chosen this type of funding vehicle over the past several years to increase profitability by matching the duration of our assets with that of our funding. An example of this funding strategy occurred in 2012 when we started to implement a municipal bond leverage strategy that match-funds $25.0 million in investments with $25.0 million of brokered deposits. At December 31, 2012, the $25.0 million of investments was complete and was funded with new brokered deposits of approximately $11 million. The remaining funding for the investment purchases was completed in early 2013. Terms for our new brokered deposit purchases in 2011 and 2012 ranged from one to ten years, with an average life between four and five years. During 2013, our brokered deposit portfolio increased by $4.2 million, as paydowns and maturities within the portfolio offset the majority of the new purchases related to the municipal investments purchased in 2012.

 

 
30

 

 

At December 31, 2013, approximately 84.2% of our deposits were generated in-market, while 15.8% were out-of-market deposits, compared to 83.9% of in-market deposits in 2012 and 16.1% out-of-market. In addition to our in-market and out-of-market deposits, we also include borrowings from the FHLB and trust preferred securities in our funding base. FHLB borrowings decreased by $22.8 million during 2013, as we used proceeds from sales of investment securities to reduce our overall debt. The balance at December 31, 2013 was $5.5 million and represented two fixed term borrowings that had yet to mature.

 

We have the ability to borrow money on a daily basis through correspondent banks (federal funds purchased) along with borrowings from the Federal Reserve discount window, but had no borrowings of these types at December 31, 2013 and 2012. Additional capacity to borrow overnight in the form of unused secured lines of commitment from correspondent banks totaled $36.7 million at December 31, 2013 and $16.7 million at December 31, 2012. The unused line at the discount window totaled $4.0 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. We view this type of funding as a secondary and temporary source of funds.

 

Contractual Obligations, Commitments and Off-Balance Sheet Risk

 

In addition to normal loan funding and deposit flow, we also need to maintain liquidity to meet the demands of certain unfunded loan commitments and standby and commercial letters of credit. The Bank maintains off-balance-sheet financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer at any time, as the customer’s needs vary, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We monitor fluctuations in loan balances and commitment levels and include such data in our overall liquidity management.

 

These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized, if any, in the balance sheet. The Bank’s maximum exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the face amount of these instruments. Commitments to extend credit are recorded when they are funded and standby letters of credit are recorded at fair value.

 

The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Collateral, such as accounts receivable, securities, inventory, property and equipment, is generally required based on management’s credit assessment of the borrower.

 

Tower Financial Corporation, the Bank, and the Trust Company occupy their respective headquarters, offices and other facilities under long-term operating leases and, in addition, are parties to long-term contracts for data processing and operating systems. We refer you to the discussion at Item 2 (“Properties”) and to the section herein on “Related Person Transactions” for additional information regarding our long-term leases.

 

 
31

 

 

The following tables represent our contractual obligations and commitments at December 31, 2013.

 

Contractual Obligations

at December 31, 2013

   

Payments Due by Period

 

($ in thousands)

 

Less than

1 Year

   

1-3

Years

   

4-5

Years

   

After 5

Years

   

Total

 

Federal Home Loan Bank Line of Credit

  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  

Federal Home Loan Bank advances

    -       5,500       -       -       5,500  

Junior subordinated debt

    -       -       -       17,527       17,527  

Operating leases

    710       2,132       710       -       3,552  

Certificates of Deposit

    49,505       36,550       14,711       30,519       131,285  

Total contractual cash obligations

  $ 50,215     $ 44,182     $ 15,421     $ 48,046     $ 157,864  

 

 

Commitments

at December 31, 2013

   

Amount of Commitment Expirations Per Period

 

($ in thousands)

 

Less than

1 Year

   

1-3

Years

   

4-5

Years

   

After 5

Years

   

Total

 

Lines of credit / loan commitments

  $ 67,278     $ 8,183     $ 6,444     $ 28,365     $ 110,270  

Residential real estate

    619       -       -       -       619  

Standby letters of credit

    4,539       -       -       -       4,539  

Total commitments

  $ 72,436     $ 8,183     $ 6,444     $ 28,365     $ 115,428  

 

Related Persons Transactions

 

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, are loan customers of the Bank. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had $18.3 million and $16.8 million, respectively, in loan commitments to directors and executive officers, of which $16.4 million and $15.5 million were funded at the respective period-ends. All such loan transactions are reviewed and evaluated in the same manner, and under the same lending standards and policies, as every other loan to a non-related person, as all such loans must be approved by the Bank’s Loan and Investment Committee and by our Board of Directors, with the related person neither in attendance nor voting.

 

The law firm of Barrett & McNagny LLP, of which Robert S. Walters is a partner, performs legal services for the Company. Mr. Walters is the spouse of Irene A. Walters, one of our directors. We paid $322,616, $127,138, and $120,401 in legal fees and related expenses to this law firm in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

The Bank leases its headquarters facility from Tippmann Properties, Inc., agent for John V. Tippmann, Sr. Mr. Tippmann was a director of our Company until he resigned on August 24, 2012 and is currently our second largest stockholder. The original lease was entered into in 1998 and was amended in 2001, 2004, 2006, 2009, and 2012. Each transaction was considered and approved by our Audit Committee and by a majority of the members of our Board of Directors (with Mr. Tippmann abstaining), as fair and reasonable to the Company. Our composite rental rate and terms are market competitive. The total amount paid to Tippmann Properties for rent and maintenance was $710,542, $710,394, and $708,418 during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. In 2011, we also paid Tippmann Properties $21,655 for remodeling and repair costs we incurred in 2011. The lease is accounted for as an operating lease. Refer to the Contractual Obligations table above for a summary of future lease payment commitments under this and other leases.

 

Under our Statement of Policy for the Review, Approval, or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons, our Audit Committee has reviewed and ratified all terms of the lease with Tippmann Properties, Inc., as amended, the professional relationships with Mr. Walters and the law firm of Barrett & McNagny LLP and have found that the terms are fair and reasonable and in the best interest of our Company and stockholders.

 

Related Persons transactions are subject to our Statement of Policy For the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions With Related Persons. A copy of this policy is available on our website at www.towerbank.net.

 

The policy applies to any “Transaction With a Related Person.” Under our policy, a “Related Person” is a person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was a director or executive officer, a nominee to become a director, a stockholder who beneficially owns 5% or more of our common stock, an “Immediate Family Member” (that is, a spouse, child, parent, sibling, or an in-law) of any of the foregoing persons, as well as any entity which is owned or controlled by any of such persons (or of which such person is a general partner or a 5% or greater beneficial owner) or any other person identified by our Audit Committee or our Board of Directors as a “Related Person” for purposes of this policy. Once a person has been identified as “Related Person” and if Tower Financial Corporation or any subsidiary is a participant, then if the aggregate amount involved in the transaction exceeds $60,000 and the “Related Person” has a direct or indirect interest (other than simply as a result of being a director or less than a 10% beneficial owner of the entity involved) the transaction must be considered, approved or ratified by the Audit Committee.

 

 
32

 

 

We have established the threshold transactional amount at $60,000, which triggers the review, even though applicable SEC regulations set the threshold at $120,000. We have done this so that even smaller transactions with Related Persons will be reviewed for fairness and appropriateness. Employment of a Related Person in the ordinary course of business consistent with our policies and practices with respect to the employment of non-Related Persons in similar positions (so long as the Related Person is not an executive officer required to be reported in our annual proxy statement) is not subject to the policy. Transactions involving competitive bids or transactions involving services as a bank depository, transfer agent, registrar, or trustee are considered pre-approved for purposes of our policy.

 

All other transactions subject to our policy must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee, unless our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer determines that it is impractical to wait until an Audit Committee meeting. In such event, the Chair of the Audit Committee may review and approve the proposed Related Person transaction but shall then promptly report any such approval to the full Audit Committee. All material facts respecting the Related Person transaction must be disclosed to the Audit Committee. In the event that we become aware of a Related Person transaction that has not been approved prior to its consummation, the matter must then still be reviewed by the Audit Committee, which will then review all relevant facts and circumstances, shall evaluate all available options (including ratification, revision or termination of the transaction), and shall take such course of action as it deems appropriate.

 

In reviewing any Related Person transaction, the Audit Committee must consider the proposed benefits to the Company, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is at least on terms comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally, and must then determine that the transaction is fair and reasonable to the Company.

 

Financial Condition

 

In 2013, we reported $8.1 million in net income compared to $5.7 million in 2012. Pre-tax income was $11.4 million, an increase of $4.1 million from the $7.4 million reported in 2012. The increase in net income was primarily the result of $4.5 million change in our loan loss provision, as we recorded a loan loss provision credit (income) of $2.0 million in 2013 compared to a loan loss provision expense of $2.5 million in 2012.

 

During the past several years, we focused on improving profitability, both short-term and long-term, by improving asset quality, restructuring the balance sheet, maintaining the net interest margin, and controlling expenses. The steady improvement in our nonperforming asset and risk rated loans has allowed us to continue to bring our loan loss allowance bank in line with the industry. This reduction allowed us to record a loan loss provision credit in 2013, which contributed to our improved earnings. Risk rated loans in our special mention, substandard, and doubtful categories have declined steadily over the past few years. At December 31, 2013, the combined balance in these categories was $24.3 million compared to $37.6 million in 2012 and $41.2 million in 2011. To capture gains and improve out liquidity, we reduced the size of our investment portfolio by $30.8 million in 2013. This allowed us to record $1.3 million in gains on the sales of these investments. Proceeds from the sales went to build our cash reserves. Cash and cash equivalents were $42.2 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $14.8 million at December 31, 2012.

 

Earning Assets  

The Bank’s total loans increased $5.3 million, or 1.2%, during 2013. Total loans were $455.8 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $450.5 million at December 31, 2012. The loan portfolio, which equaled 75.2% and 71.7% of earning assets at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, was primarily comprised of commercial and commercial real estate loans at both dates and were made to business interests generally located within the Bank’s market area. Approximately 52.0% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 consisted of general commercial and industrial loans primarily secured by inventory, receivables, and equipment, while 22.6% of the loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans primarily secured by real estate. The concentration and growth in commercial credits is in keeping with the Bank’s strategy of focusing a substantial amount of efforts on commercial banking. The following table presents loans outstanding as of December 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009.

 

 
33

 

 

Loans Outstanding

 

           

December 31,

 

($ in thousands)

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

   

2010

   

2009

 
                                         

Commercial

  $ 237,562     $ 209,781     $ 214,207     $ 232,077     $ 251,773  

Commercial real estate

    103,349       113,626       118,414       120,413       132,355  

Residential real estate

    77,171       83,096       81,845       80,107       86,680  

Home equity

    28,776       33,074       34,593       38,389       40,043  

Consumer

    9,668       11,395       13,768       15,986       16,649  

Total loans

    456,526       450,972       462,827       486,972       527,500  

Net deferred loan (fees) / costs

    (731 )     (506 )     (266 )     (58 )     (167 )

Allowance for loan losses

    (5,715 )     (8,289 )     (9,408 )     (12,489 )     (11,598 )
                                         

Net loans

  $ 450,080     $ 442,177     $ 453,153     $ 474,425     $ 515,735  

 

The following table presents the maturity of total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2013, according to scheduled repayments of principal and also based upon re-pricing opportunities.

 

Maturities of Loans Outstanding                                

($ in thousands)

 

Within

1 Year

   

1 - 5

Years

   

Over

5 Years

   

Totals

 
                                 

Loans - Contractual Maturity Dates:

                               

Commercial

  $ 62,935     $ 114,404     $ 60,223     $ 237,562  

Commercial real estate

    32,643       45,348       25,358       103,349  

Residential real estate

    4,891       17,567       54,713       77,171  

Home equity

    4,081       6,331       18,364       28,776  

Consumer

    4,260       5,402       6       9,668  
                                 

Total loans

  $ 108,810     $ 189,052     $ 158,664     $ 456,526  
                                 

Loan Repricing Opportunities:

                               

Fixed rate

  $ 25,319     $ 87,344     $ 131,129     $ 243,792  

Variable rate

    83,491       101,708       27,535       212,734  
                                 

Total loans

  $ 108,810     $ 189,052     $ 158,664     $ 456,526  

 

The Bank’s credit policies establish, monitor for effectiveness and adjust guidelines to manage credit risk and asset quality. These guidelines include procedures for loan review and to elicit the identification of problem loans as early as practical in order to provide effective loan portfolio administration. We strive, through application of our credit policies and procedures, to minimize the risks and uncertainties inherent in lending. In following these policies and procedures, we must rely on estimates, appraisals and evaluation of loans and the possibility that changes could occur because of changing general economic conditions and changes in consumer preferences, government monetary policies, changes in a borrower’s financial condition, and other factors that can affect a loan’s collectability. Identified problem loans, which exhibit characteristics (financial or otherwise) that could cause the loans to become nonperforming or require restructuring in the future, are included on an internal “watch list.” Senior management reviews this list regularly and adjusts for changing conditions. Over the past few years, we have been prudent in recognizing and reporting loans in trouble and helping them return to a performing status. As a result of these efforts, we have been able to reduce the loans categorized as “special mention”, “substandard”, or “doubtful”. The following table illustrates the recorded investment (1) of loans by risk category for the years ending December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011.

 

 
34

 

 

   

December 31,

 

($ in thousands)

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Special Mention

  $ 5,022     $ 5,506     $ 21,314  

Substandard

    9,943       18,291       12,106  

Doubtful

    9,357       13,842       8,130  

Total

  $ 24,322     $ 37,639     $ 41,550  

% of total loans

    5.34 %     8.36 %     8.98 %

 

(1) The recorded investment in loans includes accrued interest and deferred fees, less nonaccrual interest paid, and deferred costs.

 

Nonperforming loans at December 31, 2013 were $10.6 million, of which $10.5 million were loans placed on nonaccrual status and $137,870 of loans still accruing at 90 days or more past due. The $6.1 million decrease in nonperforming loans was the result of payoffs and paydowns of $6.9 million, moving two loans totaling $1.4 million to OREO, and the reclassification of two trouble-debt restructured loans totaling $1.6 million to accruing status. This was offset by the addition on a commercial loan totaling $4.3 million to non-accrual.

 

Nonaccrual loans totaled $10.4 million as of December 31, 2013, compared to $15.0 million at December 31, 2012. As mentioned above, the decrease came primarily from payoffs, as we exited these loans from the bank, and paydowns to lower existing balances. As of December 31, 2013, there were fourteen commercial relationships in the nonaccrual category, along with eight first mortgage loans.

 

At December 31, 2012, we had two loan relationships that were classified as trouble debt restructured loans (“TDR”). While still classified a TDR per the regulatory standards, we were able to move these loans to accruing status due to the new loan terms being adhered to for an extended period. Therefore, as of December 31, 2013, we had no TDR loans in our nonperforming loan category.

 

Loans past 90 days and still accruing category totaled $137,870 at December 31, 2013, compared to $109,887 at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013 this category was comprised of two residential mortgage loans totaling $122,950 and several small consumer loans totaling $14,920.

 

Nonperforming assets

           

at December 31,

 
   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

   

2010

   

2009

 
                                         

Loans past due over 90 days still accruing

  $ 141,605     $ 112,449     $ 2,007,098     $ 2,688,135     $ 561,136  

Troubled debt restructured loans

    -       1,645,224       1,804,724       7,501,958       1,915,127  

Nonaccrual loans

    10,443,968       14,981,583       8,682,161       12,939,331       13,466,165  

Total nonperforming loans

    10,585,573       16,739,256       12,493,983       23,129,424       15,942,428  

Other real estate owned

    2,154,813       1,908,010       3,129,231       4,284,263       4,634,089  

Other Impaired Assets

    50,516       129,853       -       -       -  

Impaired securities

    -       -       331,464       421,529       478,665  

Total nonperforming assets

  $ 12,790,902     $ 18,777,119     $ 15,954,678     $ 27,835,216     $ 21,055,182  

 

Adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (OREO) are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property that include certain assumptions and unobservable inputs used many times by appraisers, resulting in a Level 3 classification. In cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value, less costs to sell, an impairment loss is recognized. Whenever a new fair value is determined, which is typically done on an annual basis in the other real estate owned category, we report the property at that new value. At December 31, 2013 the carrying value was $2.2 million, with no valuation allowance. This compares to a carrying value of $1.9 million, with no valuation allowance, at December 31, 2012.

 

During 2013, the Bank recorded $598,000 in net charged-off loans compared to $3.6 million in 2012 and $7.3 million in 2011. The net charge-offs to total average loans was 0.14%, 0.78%, and 1.51% in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

 
35

 

 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses during 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was as follows:

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

   

2010

   

2009

 
                                         

Beginning balance, January 1

  $ 8,288,644     $ 9,408,013     $ 12,489,400     $ 11,598,389     $ 10,654,879  

Provision charged to operating expense

    (1,975,000 )     2,493,000       4,220,000       4,745,000       10,735,000  

Charge-offs:

                                       

Commercial

    (824,186 )     (825,883 )     (1,751,096 )     (3,457,564 )     (6,279,849 )

Commercial real estate

    (422,250 )     (2,334,496 )     (6,398,449 )     (547,808 )     (3,814,068 )

Residential real estate

    (29,134 )     (287,093 )     (7,033 )     (293,785 )     (133,850 )

Home equity

    (38,910 )     (406,156 )     (65,739 )     (138,471 )     (75,823 )

Consumer

    -       (66,413 )     -       (51,354 )     (18,127 )

Total Charge-offs

    (1,314,480 )     (3,920,041 )     (8,222,317 )     (4,488,982 )     (10,321,717 )

Recoveries:

                                       

Commercial

    331,696       243,353       803,050       538,158       449,904  

Commercial real estate

    361,327       29,073       80,188       74,867       36,015  

Residential real estate

    -       -       -       -       2,231  

Home equity

    16,623       33,526       26,412       21,348       31,965  

Consumer

    6,310       1,720       11,280       620       10,112  

Total Recoveries

    715,956       307,672       920,930       634,993       530,227  

Total Net Charge-offs

    (598,524 )     (3,612,369 )     (7,301,387 )     (3,853,989 )     (9,791,490 )
                                         

Ending balance, December 31

  $ 5,715,120     $ 8,288,644     $ 9,408,013     $ 12,489,400     $ 11,598,389  

 

 

In each quarter, we adjust the allowance for loan losses to the amount we believe is necessary to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. We allocate specific portions of the allowance for loan losses to specifically identified problem loans. Our evaluation of the allowance is further based on consideration of actual loss experience, the present and prospective financial condition of borrowers, industry concentrations within the portfolio and general economic conditions. We believe that the present allowance is adequate, based on the foregoing broad range of considerations.

 

The following table illustrates the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan type.

 

($ in thousands)

Loan Type

 

Dec 31,

2013

Alloc.

   

Loan

Type

As a %

of Total

Loans

   

Dec 31,

2012

Alloc.

   

Loan

Type

As a %

of Total

Loans

   

Dec 31,

2011

Alloc.

   

Loan

Type

As a %

of Total

Loans

   

Dec 31,

2010

Alloc.

   

Loan

Type

As a %

of Total

Loans

   

Dec 31,

2009

Alloc.

   

Loan

Type

As a %

of Total

Loans

 
                                                                                 

Commercial

  $ 3,627       63.5 %   $ 4,138       49.9 %   $ 3,963       42.1 %   $ 5,791       46.4 %   $ 6,733       58.1 %

Commercial real estate

    1,479       25.9 %     3,634       43.8 %     4,706       50.0 %     6,183       49.5 %     4,336       37.4 %

Residential real estate

    211       3.7 %     192       2.3 %     581       6.2 %     387       3.1 %     168       1.4 %

Home equity

    201       3.5 %     209       2.5 %     77       0.8 %     77       0.6 %     205       1.8 %

Consumer

    27       0.5 %     27       0.3 %     19       0.2 %     29       0.2 %     104       0.9 %

Unallocated

    170       3.0 %     89       1.1 %     62       0.7 %     22       0.2 %     52       0.4 %
                                                                                 

Total allowance for loan losses

  $ 5,715       100.0 %   $ 8,289       100.0 %   $ 9,408       100.0 %   $ 12,489       100.0 %   $ 11,598       100.0 %

 

Although, at the time each evaluation is made, we consider the aggregate allowance for loan losses to be adequate to absorb losses that we expect to be incurred, we can provide no assurance that charge-offs in future periods will not exceed the allowance, as has occurred in recent years. Additionally, banking regulators can require an increase to the allowance for loan losses if they deem necessary to satisfy regulatory safety and soundness concerns. We experienced $1.3 million of charge-offs and $715,955 of recoveries in 2013. We experienced $3.9 million of charge-offs and $307,672 of recoveries during 2012 and $8.2 million of charge-offs and $920,930 of recoveries during 2011.

 

 
36

 

 

Total Securities Portfolio

          December 31,          

($ in thousands)

 

2013

Fair

Value

   

2012

Fair

Value

   

2011

Fair

Value

 
                         

Available for sale securities:

                       

U.S. Government agency debt obligations

  $ -     $ -     $ 616  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    94,002       93,120       59,474  

Mortgage-backed securites (residential)

    45,060       76,988       62,851  

Mortgage-backed securites (commercial)

    3,571       3,373       5,679  

Collateralized debt obligations

    -       -       -  

Equity securities

    920       903       -  
                         

Total available-for-sale securities

  $ 143,553     $ 174,384     $ 128,620  

   

Securities at fair value decreased during 2013, and totaled $143.6 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $174.4 million at December 31, 2012 and $128.6 million at December 31, 2011. We maintain a modest securities portfolio to provide for secondary liquidity and for interest rate risk management. During 2013 we sold off a portion of the portfolio in order to increase our liquidity and to recognize some gains in the portfolio. The result was a decrease of $30.8 million in the portfolio balance during 2013. The portfolio comprised 20.8% of total assets as of December 31, 2013.

 

Short-term Investments and Fed Funds Sold

Federal funds sold, consisting of excess funds sold overnight to correspondent banks, and short-term investments and interest-bearing deposits, consisting of certificates of deposit with maturities less than 90 days and interest-bearing accounts at correspondent banks, are used to manage daily liquidity needs and interest rate sensitivity. Together, these short-term assets, which recorded an increase of $1.8 million during 2013, were $5.1 million and $3.3 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, these short-term assets were approximately 0.7% and 0.5% of earning assets.

 

Source of Funds

Our major source of funds is from core deposits of local businesses, governmental and municipal public fund entities, and consumers within our market area. We also generate certificates of deposit through national out-of-market sources (outside Allen and surrounding counties). We generate these out-of-market deposits through negotiated transactions with brokers. Total deposits were $598.4 million at December 31, 2013 and $561.0 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $37.4 million, or 6.7%. At December 31, 2011 total deposits were $602.0 million.

 

Noninterest-bearing deposits totaled $110.7 million at December 31, 2013, a $2.6 million, or 2.4%, increase from $108.1 million at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, noninterest-bearing deposits were approximately 18.5% of total deposits, a decrease from the 2012 level of 19.3%. Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2013 were comprised of $94.8 million in business checking accounts, $327,000 in public funds, and $15.5 million in consumer accounts.

 

Interest-bearing deposits increased by $34.8 million, or 7.7%, during 2013 and ended at $487.7 million compared to $452.9 million at December 31, 2012. The increase came primarily in our interest-bearing checking accounts, which increased by $23.2 million in 2013. The growth was led by our Health Savings Account product, which increased by $15.6 million in 2013. Interest-bearing checking accounts totaled $193.2 million at December 31, 2013. Health Savings Accounts were $94.9 million, or 49.1% of the total. Additionally, we experienced an increase of $10.1 million in our money-market accounts. The growth came primarily from our commercial customers and public funds.

 

We had borrowings of $5.5 million at December 31, 2013 compared to $37.4 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease was the result of using proceeds from investment security sales to reduce our overall borrowings. As of December 31, 2013, we had paid off all of our debt to the FHLB except for two fixed term advances which don’t expire until 2016 and 2017 respectively.

 

We had $17.5 million of aggregate principal amount in junior subordinated debenture outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012. We currently have two statutory trust subsidiaries. TCT2 effected a private placement of $8.0 million in Trust Preferred Securities on December 5, 2005. TCT3 effected a private placement of $9.0 million on December 29, 2006. The proceeds were loaned to us in exchange for junior subordinated debentures with similar terms to the Trust Preferred Securities. These securities are considered Tier I capital (with certain limitations applicable) under current regulatory guidelines.

 

 
37

 

 

The junior subordinated debentures are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Trust Preferred Securities at maturity or their earlier redemption at the par amount. The maturity date of the Trust Preferred Securities issued by TCT2 is December 4, 2035. Subject to our having received prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, if then required, the Trust Preferred Securities became redeemable prior to the maturity date as of December 5, 2010 and each year thereafter at our option. At December 4, 2010, the interest rate on TCT2 moved to a floating rate of three month LIBOR plus 134 basis points, or 1.59% as of December 31, 2013, as we chose not redeem it at that point. The maturity date of the Trust Preferred Securities issued by TCT3 is December 29, 2037. Subject to our having received prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, if then required, the Trust Preferred Securities are redeemable prior to the maturity date beginning March 1, 2012 and each year thereafter at our option. At March 1, 2012, the interest rate on TCT3 moved to a floating rate of three month LIBOR plus 169 basis points, or 1.93% as of December 31, 2013, as we chose not redeem it at that point.

 

Per the debenture agreements, we have the ability to defer payment of the interest for twenty consecutive quarters. During 2010, we sent the written notice each quarter beginning with the first quarter of 2010 to the Trustees of the Trust Preferred Securities stating that we elected to defer payment of the interest. While no payments of interest were made in 2010 or 2011, we continued to accrue the payments for each quarter. In June of 2012, the Company paid all of the deferred interest payments on its outstanding trust preferred subordinated securities in the amount of $2.3 million. The Company received permission on May 11, 2012 from the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago to make both of these payments on their respective due dates.

 

In 2007, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 65,000 shares of outstanding common stock. By December 31, 2008, all 65,000 approved shares were repurchased at an average price of $13.61 per share. In December 2012, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. In 2012, we repurchased 141,850 shares at an average price of $12.23 per share. In 2013, we repurchased 70,000 shares at an average price of $12.66 per share. As of December 31, 2013, we have repurchased a total of 276,850 shares of treasury stock at $12.58 per share.

 

On September 25, 2009, we sold 18,300 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock in the net amount of $1.8 million. Each share was sold for $100 each and is convertible into Tower Financial Corporation common stock at a price per share of $6.02, which is a 30% premium on the common stock market price on the purchase date, September 25, 2009. By December 31, 2011, all Series A Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted to 303,987 shares of the our common stock at a price of $6.02 per share. No dividends were paid on preferred stock in 2010 or 2011.

 

Stockholders’ equity was $63.3 million and $63.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The decrease was the net result of $2.6 million in cash dividends paid to common shareholders, $863,000 to repurchase 70,000 shares of common stock, an increase of $5.4 million in unrealized losses, net of tax, on investment securities; offset by $8.1 million in net income, $65,000 of stock compensation expense, and $138,000 from the exercise of 10,025 common stock options.

 

 
38

 

 

ITEM 7A.       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

  Market Risk Analysis

 

Our primary market risk exposure is interest rate risk and, to a lesser extent, liquidity risk. All of the Company’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars with no specific foreign exchange exposure. The Company has no agricultural-related loan assets and therefore has no significant exposure to changes in commodity prices. Any impact that changes in foreign exchange rates and commodity prices would have on interest rates is assumed to be insignificant.

 

Interest rate risk is the exposure of our financial condition to adverse movements in interest rates. We derive our income primarily from the excess of interest collected on our interest-earning assets over the interest paid on our interest-bearing liabilities. The rates of interest we earn on our assets and owe on our liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Since market interest rates change over time, we are exposed to lower profitability if we cannot adapt to interest rate changes. Accepting interest rate risk can be an important source of profitability and stockholder value; however, excessive levels of interest rate risk could pose a significant threat to our earnings and capital base. Accordingly, effective risk management that maintains interest rate risk at prudent levels is essential to our safety and soundness.

 

Evaluating the exposure to changes in interest rates includes assessing both the adequacy of the process used to control interest rate risk and the quantitative level of exposure. Our interest rate risk management process seeks to ensure that appropriate policies, procedures, management information and internal controls are in place to maintain interest rate risk at prudent levels with consistency and continuity. In evaluating the quantitative level of interest rate risk, we assess the existing and potential future effects of changes in interest rates on our financial condition, including capital adequacy, earnings, liquidity and overall asset quality.

 

There are two interest rate risk measurement techniques that we may use. The first, which is commonly referred to as GAP analysis, measures the difference between the dollar amount of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities that will be refinanced or re-priced during a given time period. A significant re-pricing gap could result in a negative impact to our net interest margin during periods of changing market interest rates.

 

 
39

 

 

The following table describes our position as of December 31, 2013:

 

Rate Sensitivity Analysis

($ in thousands)

 

Within

Three

Months

   

Three to

Twelve

Months

   

One to

Five

Years

   

After

Five

Years

   

Total

 

Assets

                                       

Federal funds sold, short-term investments and interest- earning deposits

  $ 5,090     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 5,090  

Securities available for sale

    12,821       12,690       40,658       77,637       143,806  

FHLBI and FRB stock

    -       -       -       3,808       3,808  

Loans held for sale

    2,134       -       -       35       2,169  

Fixed rate loans

    15,704       45,922       123,906       57,494       243,026  

Variable rate loans

    39,142       78,803       72,068       22,756       212,769  

Allowance for loan losses

    -       -       -       -       (5,715 )

Other assets

    -       -       -       -       85,600  

Total assets

  $ 74,891     $ 137,415     $ 236,632     $ 161,730     $ 690,553  

Liabilities

                                       

Interest-bearing checking

  $ 193,250     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 193,250  

Savings accounts

    32,818       -       -       -       32,818  

Money market accounts

    130,332       -       -       -       130,332  

Time deposits < $100,000

    4,361       12,079       6,339       15       22,794  

Time deposits $100,000 and over

    3,381       6,612       4,046       -       14,039  

Brokered deposit - money market

    12,051       -       -       -       12,051  

Brokered deposit - certificates of deposit

    8,000       3,021       30,291       41,089       82,401  

Short-term borrowings

    -       -       -       -       -  

FHLB advances

    -       -       5,500       -       5,500  

Junior subordinated debt

    -       -       -       17,527       17,527  

Noninterest-bearing checking

    -       -       -       -       110,715  

Other liabilities

    -       -       -       -       5,875  

Total liabilities

    384,193       21,712       46,176       58,631       627,302  

Stockholders' Equity

    -       -       -       -       63,251  

Total sources of funds

  $ 384,193     $ 21,712     $ 46,176     $ 58,631     $ 690,553  

Net asset (liability) GAP

  $ (309,302 )   $ 115,703     $ 190,456     $ 103,099          

Cumulative GAP

  $ (309,302 )   $ (193,599 )   $ (3,143 )   $ 99,956          

Percent of cumulative GAP to total assets

    -44.8 %     -28.0 %     -0.5 %     14.5 %        

 

A second interest rate risk measurement used is commonly referred to as net interest income simulation analysis. A simulation model assesses the direction and magnitude of variations in net interest income resulting from potential changes in market interest rates. Key assumptions in the model include prepayment speeds on various loan and investment assets; cash flows and maturities of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities; and changes in market conditions impacting loan and deposit volume and pricing. These assumptions are inherently uncertain, subject to fluctuation and revision in a dynamic environment; therefore, a model cannot precisely estimate net interest income or exactly predict the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions and our strategies, among other factors. As growth has dictated, we began utilizing simulation analysis as a tool for measuring the effects of interest rate risk on the income statement at the end of 2004.

 

In addition to changes in interest rates, the level of future net interest income is also dependent on a number of other variables, including the growth, composition and absolute levels of loans, deposits, and other earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; economic and competitive conditions; potential changes in lending, investing, and deposit gathering strategies; client preferences; and other factors.

 

 
40

 

 

The following table provides information about our financial instruments used for purposes other than trading that are rate sensitive to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2013. It does not provide when these items may actually re-price. For loans receivable, securities, and liabilities with contractual maturities, the table presents principal cash flows and related weighted-average interest rates by contractual maturities as well as our historical experience of the impact of interest rate fluctuations on the prepayment of loans and mortgage backed securities. For core deposits (demand deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings, and money market deposits) that have no contractual maturity, the table presents principal cash flows and, as applicable related weighted-average interest rates based upon our historical experience, and management’s judgment as applicable, concerning their most likely withdrawal behaviors. The current historical interest rates for core deposits have been assumed to apply for future periods in this table as the actual interest rates that will need to be paid to maintain these deposits are not currently known. Weighted average variable rates are based upon contractual rates existing at the report date.

 

 

($ in thousands)  

2014

   

2015

   

2016

   

2017

   

2018

   

Thereafter

   

Total

   

Fair Value

12/31/2013

 

Rate sensitive assets:

                                                               

Fixed interest rate loans

  $ 61,627     $ 44,080     $ 32,166     $ 29,550     $ 18,107     $ 57,496     $ 243,026     $ 248,823  

Average interest rate

    4.61 %     4.73 %     4.66 %     4.61 %     4.51 %     3.44 %     4.35 %        

Variable interest rate loans

    117,946       35,575       18,204       10,692       7,595       22,757       212,769       212,164  

Average interest rate

    3.84 %     3.48 %     3.60 %     3.58 %     3.80 %     3.49 %     3.71 %        

Fixed interest rate securities

    25,512       12,781       9,572       7,497       10,808       67,082       133,252       132,332  

Average interest rate

    1.32 %     2.11 %     2.82 %     3.17 %     3.25 %     2.95 %     2.61 %        

Variable interest rate securities

    -       -       -       -       -       10,555       10,555       10,555  

Average interest rate

    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     1.56 %     1.56 %        

Other interest bearing assets

    5,090       -       -       -       -       -       5,090       5,090  

Average interest rate

    1.39 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     1.30 %        
                                                                 

Rate sensitive liabilities:

                                                               

Interest-bearing checking

    49,263       31,119       21,700       16,234       12,693       62,240       193,249       193,249  

Average interest rate

    0.10 %     0.09 %     0.07 %     0.06 %     0.06 %     0.05 %     0.07 %        

Savings accounts

    5,313       4,080       3,472       2,955       2,515       14,483       32,818       32,818  

Average interest rate

    0.04 %     0.04 %     0.04 %     0.04 %     0.04 %     0.05 %     0.04 %        

Money market accounts

    29,669       22,473       17,128       13,129       10,118       37,815       130,332       130,332  

Average interest rate

    0.10 %     0.10 %     0.09 %     0.09 %     0.09 %     0.07 %     0.09 %        

Time deposits

    26,434       5,531       2,130       1,564       1,160       14       36,833       36,774  

Average interest rate

    0.32 %     0.62 %     1.09 %     0.99 %     0.63 %     0.75 %     0.45 %        

Brokered Deposits - Money Markets

    12,051       -       -       -       -       -       12,051       12,051  

Average interest rate

    0.18 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.18 %        

Brokered Deposits - Certificates of Deposit

    11,021       9,263       13,042       5,020       2,966       41,089       82,401       78,853  

Average interest rate

    0.74 %     2.42 %     2.68 %     2.06 %     2.20 %     1.66 %     2.01 %        

Fixed interest rate borrowings

    -       -       2,000       3,500       -       -       5,500       5,500  

Average interest rate

    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.62 %     1.12 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.94 %        

Variable interest rate borrowings

    -       -       -       -       -       17,527       17,527       17,527  

Average interest rate

    0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     1.83 %     1.83 %        

 

 
41

 

 

ITEM 8.         FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Tower Financial Corporation

Consolidated Balance Sheets

At December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

   

2013

   

2012

 

ASSETS

               

Cash and due from banks

  $ 37,682,577     $ 11,958,507  

Short-term investments and interest-earning deposits

    1,435,203       159,866  

Federal funds sold

    3,050,740       2,727,928  

Total cash and cash equivalents

    42,168,520       14,846,301  
                 

Long-term interest-earning deposits

    603,684       457,000  

Trading securities, at fair value

    252,876       -  

Securities available for sale, at fair value

    143,553,908       174,383,499  

FHLB and FRB stock

    3,807,700       3,807,700  

Loans held for sale

    2,169,067       4,933,299  
                 

Loans

    455,795,160       450,465,610  

Allowance for loan losses

    (5,715,120 )     (8,288,644 )

Net loans

    450,080,040       442,176,966  
                 

Premises and equipment, net

    8,575,985       8,904,214  

Accrued interest receivable

    2,685,762       2,564,503  

Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)

    21,066,198       17,672,783  

Other real estate owned (OREO)

    2,154,813       1,908,010  

Prepaid FDIC insurance

    -       925,337  

Other assets

    13,434,923       11,393,469  
                 

Total assets

  $ 690,553,476     $ 683,973,081  
                 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

               

LIABILITIES

               

Deposits:

               

Noninterest-bearing

  $ 110,715,005     $ 108,147,229  

Interest-bearing

    487,684,684       452,860,109  

Total deposits

    598,399,689       561,007,338  
                 

Short-term borrowings

    -       9,093,652  

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances

    5,500,000       28,300,000  

Junior subordinated debt

    17,527,000       17,527,000  

Accrued interest payable

    103,942       107,943  

Other liabilities

    5,771,693       4,191,237  

Total liabilities

    627,302,324       620,227,170  
                 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

               

Preferred stock, no par value, 4,000,000 shares authorized; no shares shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012

    -       -  

Common stock and paid-in-capital, no par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized; 4,952,019 and 4,941,994 issued; and 4,675,169 and 4,735,144 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively

    45,038,581       44,834,605  

Retained earnings

    23,421,087       17,880,539  

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax (benefit) of ($889,568) in 2013 and $1,880,433 in 2012

    (1,726,808 )     3,650,253  

Treasury stock, at cost, 276,850 and 206,850 shares at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively

    (3,481,708 )     (2,619,486 )

Total stockholders' equity

    63,251,152       63,745,911  
                 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 690,553,476     $ 683,973,081  

 

The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.                

 

 
42

 

 

Tower Financial Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Interest income:

                       

Loans, including fees

  $ 19,362,002     $ 22,063,567     $ 24,828,298  

Securities - taxable

    1,216,294       1,837,958       2,295,838  

Securities - tax exempt

    2,873,877       2,027,131       1,730,535  

Other interest income

    22,907       45,559       39,041  

Total interest income

    23,475,080       25,974,215       28,893,712  

Interest expense:

                       

Deposits

    2,370,512       3,157,522       5,090,715  

Short-term borrowings

    3       388       638  

FHLB advances

    108,578       160,836       230,713  

Junior subordinated debt

    319,963       451,265       816,852  

Total interest expense

    2,799,056       3,770,011       6,138,918  

Net interest income

    20,676,024       22,204,204       22,754,794  

Provision (credit) for loan losses

    (1,975,000 )     2,493,000       4,220,000  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

    22,651,024       19,711,204       18,534,794  

Noninterest income:

                       

Trust and brokerage fees

    4,451,684       3,828,291       3,553,965  

Service charges

    1,106,527       1,090,028       1,092,260  

Mortgage banking income

    1,075,461       1,478,486       1,026,711  

Net gain on sale of securities

    1,313,714       149,098       776,753  

Net debit card interchange income

    821,995       725,564       612,143  

Earnings from BOLI

    643,415       587,925       568,070  

Other-than-temporary loss:

                       

Total impairment loss

    -       (688 )     (149,045 )

Loss recognized in other comprehensive income

    -       -       -  

Net impairment loss recognized in earnings

    -       (688 )     (149,045 )

Other income

    849,471       655,210       670,294  

Total noninterest income

    10,262,267       8,513,914       8,151,151  

Noninterest expense:

                       

Salaries and benefits

    12,294,446       11,342,508       11,185,034  

Occupancy and equipment

    2,509,501       2,598,996       2,494,913  

Marketing

    522,035       483,573       431,833  

Data processing

    1,660,192       1,444,309       1,335,034  

Loan and professional costs

    1,829,721       1,497,000       1,612,321  

Office supplies and postage

    169,380       202,565       228,281  

Courier services

    214,810       232,179       224,987  

Business development

    571,175       522,964       464,807  

Communications expense

    181,681       217,901       192,520  

FDIC insurance premiums

    511,373       664,770       1,367,622  

OREO, net

    (121,533 )     641,190       1,057,503  

Other expense

    1,137,592       1,020,558       1,023,585  

Total noninterest expense

    21,480,373       20,868,513       21,618,440  

Income before income taxes

    11,432,918       7,356,605       5,067,505  

Income tax expense/(benefit)

    3,321,879       1,612,439       (1,552,031 )

Net income

  $ 8,111,039     $ 5,744,166     $ 6,619,536  

 

The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.                        

 

 
43

 

 

Tower Financial Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income (Continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Net income:

  $ 8,111,039     $ 5,744,166     $ 6,619,536  
                         

Other comprehensive income net of tax:

                       

Change in securities available-for-sale:

                       

Unrealized holding losses on securities for which other-than-temporary impairment has been recorded

    -       -       (35,233 )

Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities associated with credit losses realized in income

    -       688       149,045  

Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities, recorded in other comprehensive income

    -       688       113,812  
                         

Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities arising during the period

    (6,833,348 )     575,251       4,152,875  

Reclassification adjustment for gains (losses) realized in income on available-for-sale securities

    (1,313,714 )     (149,098 )     (776,753 )

Net unrealized gains (losses)

    (8,147,062 )     426,153       3,376,122  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (2,770,001 )     145,126       1,186,577  

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    (5,377,061 )     281,715       2,303,357  

Total comprehensive income

  $ 2,733,978     $ 6,025,881     $ 8,922,893  
                         

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 1.73     $ 1.18     $ 1.37  

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 1.73     $ 1.18     $ 1.36  

Average common shares outstanding

    4,677,897       4,859,155       4,824,514  

Average common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding

    4,682,890       4,859,155       4,853,015  
                         

Dividends declared per common share

  $ 0.55     $ 0.61     $ -  

 

The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

 
44

 

 

Tower Financial Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

   

Preferred

Stock

   

Common

Stock and

Paid-in

Capital

   

Retained

Earnings

   

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

   

Treasury

Stock

   

Total

 
                                                 

Balance, January 1, 2011

  $ 757,213     $ 43,740,155     $ 8,450,579     $ 1,065,181     $ (884,376)     $ 53,128,752  
                                                 

Net income for 2011

                    6,619,536                       6,619,536  
                                                 

Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax

                            2,303,357               2,303,357  
                                                 

Conversion of 7,750 preferred shares into 128,738 common shares

    (757,213)       757,213                               -  
                                                 

Stock-based compensation expense

            45,427                               45,427  
                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2011

  $ -     $ 44,542,795     $ 15,070,115     $ 3,368,538     $ (884,376)     $ 62,097,072  
                                                 

Net income for 2012

                    5,744,166                       5,744,166  
                                                 

Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax

                            281,715               281,715  
                                                 

Issuance of 23,858 shares of common stock under incentive plans

            244,548                               244,548  
                                                 

Cash dividends paid ($0.61 per share)

                    (2,933,742)                       (2,933,742)  
                                              -  

Repurchase of 141,850 shares of common stock

                                    (1,735,110)       (1,735,110)  
                                                 

Stock-based compensation expense

            47,262                               47,262  
                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2012

  $ -     $ 44,834,605     $ 17,880,539     $ 3,650,253     $ (2,619,486)     $ 63,745,911  
                                                 

Net income for 2013

                    8,111,039                       8,111,039  
                                                 

Other Comprehensive Loss, net of tax

                            (5,377,061)               (5,377,061)  
                                                 

Cash dividends paid ($0.55 per share)

                    (2,570,491)                       (2,570,491)  
                                                 

Stock-based compensation expense

            65,343                               65,343  
                                                 

Excercised 10,025 shares of stock options

            138,633                               138,633  
                                                 

Repurchase of 70,000 shares of common stock

                                    (862,222)       (862,222)  
                                                 

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $ -     $ 45,038,581     $ 23,421,087     $ (1,726,808)     $ (3,481,708)     $ 63,251,152  

 

 

The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

 

 
45

 

 

Tower Financial Corporation

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                       

Net income

  $ 8,111,039     $ 5,744,166     $ 6,619,536  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:

                       

Depreciation and amortization

    3,825,001       2,133,587       1,842,943  

Provision (credit) for loan losses

    (1,975,000 )     2,493,000       4,220,000  

Stock-based compensation expense

    65,343       47,262       45,427  

Earnings on BOLI

    (643,415 )     (587,925 )     (568,070 )

Net gains on trading securities

    (26,538 )     -       -  

Gain on sale of available-for-sale (AFS) securities

    (1,313,714 )     (149,098 )     (776,753 )

Loss on disposal of premises and equipment

    2,313       4,963       3,772  

Gain on sale of loans

    (1,075,461 )     (1,478,486 )     (956,641 )

Loans originated for sale

    (49,867,911 )     (62,831,907 )     (39,424,361 )

Proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale

    53,707,604       61,338,034       43,591,506  

Impairment on available for sale securities

    -       688       149,045  

(Gain)loss on sale of OREO

    (433,540 )     (13,376 )     79,903  

Write-downs of OREO

    92,951       507,170       733,045  

Change in accrued interest receivable

    (121,259 )     111,367       (283,917 )

Change in other assets

    1,523,652       (1,968,654 )     (1,701,050 )

Change in accrued interest payable

    (4,001 )     (2,040,481 )     732,711  

Change in other liabilities

    1,580,456       (436,139 )     871,270  

Net cash from operating activities

    13,447,520       2,874,171       15,178,366  

Cash flows from investing activities:

                       

Net change in long-term interest-bearing deposits

    (146,684 )     (7,000 )     546,000  

Net change in loans

    (12,591,395 )     10,569,794       4,516,118  

Purchase of securities AFS

    (61,945,584 )     (87,217,992 )     (55,317,753 )

Purchase of trading securities

    (96,106 )     -       -  

Sale or redemption of FHLB and FRB stock

    -       -       267,400  

Purchase of life insurance

    (2,750,000 )     -       (3,000,000 )

Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of securities AFS

    41,911,242       35,306,233       26,296,331  

Proceeds from sale of securities AFS

    40,843,099       5,314,735       13,469,065  

Purchase of premises, equipment, and leasehold improvements

    (311,599 )     (571,218 )     (1,421,108 )

Proceeds on sale of OREO

    2,217,253       829,426       2,750,820  

Proceeds from sale of impaired loans

    4,539,854       780,828       4,126,701  

Net cash from(used in) investing activities

    11,670,080       (34,995,194 )     (7,766,426 )

Cash flows from financing activities:

                       

Net change in deposits

    37,392,351       (41,029,498 )     25,680,700  

Gross proceeds from stock options exercised

    138,633       -       -  

Cash dividends paid on common stock

    (2,570,491 )     (2,933,742 )     -  

Repurchase of common stock

    (862,222 )     (1,735,110 )     -  

Proceeds from long-term FHLB advances

    2,000,000       3,500,000       8,000,000  

Proceeds (repayment) from short-term FHLB advances

    (19,800,000 )     19,800,000       -  

Repayment of long-term FHLB advances

    (5,000,000 )     (7,000,000 )     (3,500,000 )

Change in short-term borrowings

    (9,093,652 )     9,093,652       -  

Net cash from(used in) financing activities

    2,204,619       (20,304,698 )     30,180,700  

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    27,322,219       (52,425,721 )     37,592,640  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

  $ 14,846,301     $ 67,272,022     $ 29,679,382  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 42,168,520     $ 14,846,301     $ 67,272,022  

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

                       

Cash paid (refunded) during the year for:

                       

Interest

  $ 2,803,057     $ 5,810,492     $ 5,406,207  

Income taxes

    774,000       1,395,000       820,000  

Non-cash Items:

                       

Transfer of loans to OREO

    2,123,467       102,000       2,408,735  

Transfer of portfolio loans to (from) loans held for sale

    -       (2,969,427 )     3,000,000  

Transfer of trading securities from other assets

    130,232       -       -  

 

The following notes are an integral part of the financial statements.                        

 

 
46

 

 

Tower Financial Corporation

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note 1 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Nature of Operations, Industry Segments, and Concentrations of Credit Risk: Tower Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”, “Tower Financial”, or “Holding Company”) was incorporated on July 8, 1998. Our wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Tower Bank & Trust Company (the "Bank" or “Tower Bank”), commenced operations on February 19, 1999. Until September 30, 2011, the Bank had a wholly-owned investment subsidiary, Tower Capital Investments, that began operations on July 1, 2006. Tower Capital Investments owned a real estate investment trust (REIT), Tower Funding Corporation, that also began operations on July 1, 2006. Tower Capital Investments and the REIT were formed to provide additional flexibility for capital generation and tax effectiveness. Both Tower Capital Investments, Inc. and Tower Funding Corporation were liquidated and dissolved on September 30, 2011. The Bank has a direct wholly-owned trust company subsidiary, Tower Trust Company (the “Trust Company”), that is an Indiana Corporation formed on January 1, 2006 and was previously owned by the bank holding company until December 1, 2009. The Trust Company provides wealth management services and was a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation until December 1, 2009 when it was sold to the Bank. Our wholly-owned, statutory trust subsidiaries, Tower Capital Trust 2 (“TCT2”) and Tower Capital Trust 3 (“TCT3”) were formed on December 5, 2005 and December 29, 2006, respectively, for the single purpose of raising Federal Reserve approved capital through the issuance of securities known as trust preferred securities.

 

While our management monitors the revenue streams of all of our various products and services and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis, we aggregate our operations into three reportable segments (see Note 18). We accept deposits and grant commercial, real estate, and installment loans to customers primarily in northeastern Indiana. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. Real estate loans are secured by both residential and commercial real estate. At December 31, 2013, commercial and commercial real estate loans totaled approximately 74.6% of total loans, residential real estate loans totaled approximately 16.9% and home equity and consumer loans totaled approximately 8.5%. Categories by industry of commercial and commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2013 exceeding 30% of quarter-end stockholders’ equity are as follows: wholesale and retail trade - $44.1 million, or 9.7%, of total loans; real estate (including owner-occupied and investment) - $81.4 million, or 17.9%, of total loans; health care and social assistance - $48.8 million, or 10.7%, of total loans; and manufacturing - $45.8 million, or 10.0%, of total loans. Other financial instruments that potentially represent concentrations of credit risk include deposit accounts in other financial institutions and federal funds sold.

 

Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Tower Financial Corporation, Tower Bank, and Tower Trust (collectively, the “Company”).

 

Concentration of Credit Risk: Most of the Company’s business activity is with customers located within Allen County, Indiana. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy in the Allen County area. Approximately 52.0% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 consisted of general commercial and industrial loans primarily secured by inventory, receivables, and equipment, while 22.6% of the loan portfolio consisted of commercial loans primarily secured by real estate. The largest concentrations of credit within the commercial and commercial real estate category are represented by owner-occupied and investment real estate at $145.0 million, or 31.8%, of total loans, and commercial loans not associated with real estate at $139.8 million, or 30.7%, of total loans. While the general portfolio mix has remained about the same, the main direction the Bank has taken was to put more resources into the commercial versus the commercial real estate product.

 

Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided; future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, impaired loan disclosures, deferred tax assets, and the fair values of securities and other financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

 

 
47

 

 

Cash Flow Reporting: Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, demand deposits with other financial institutions, short-term investments with original maturities of less than 90 days and federal funds sold. Cash flows are reported net for customer loan and deposit transactions and interest-earning deposits.

 

Securities: Securities are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Securities available for sale consist of those securities which might be sold prior to maturity due to changes in interest rates, prepayment risks, yield, availability of alternative investments, liquidity needs and other factors. Securities classified as available-for-sale are reported at their fair value and the related unrealized holding gain or loss is reported as other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity, net of tax, until realized. Other securities, such as Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock, are carried at cost. Premiums and discounts on securities are recognized as interest income using the interest method over the estimated life of the security. Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are determined based upon amortized cost of the specific security sold. Declines in fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, and (3) whether the Company has the intent to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell before its anticipated recovery. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings.  For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income.  The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

 

Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest income. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded in noninterest income, and direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in noninterest income upon sale of the loan.

 

Loans: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs and an allowance for loan losses. Loans held for sale are reported at fair value, on an aggregate basis. Loans held for sale are sold with servicing released. Interest income is reported on the interest method and includes amortization of net deferred loan fees and costs over the loan term. Interest income is not reported when full loan repayment is in doubt, typically when the loan is impaired or payments are past due over 90 days (180 days for residential mortgages). In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. The recorded investment in loans includes accrued interest and deferred fees, less nonaccrual interest paid, and deferred costs.

 

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses: Our allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. Additions to the allowance may result from recording a provision for loan losses and recoveries, while charge-offs are deducted from the allowance. Allocation of the allowance is made for analytical purposes only, and the entire allowance is available to absorb probable and estimated credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The determination of the level of the allowance and, correspondingly, the provision for loan losses, rests upon estimates and assumptions, including past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions and other factors. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectability of a loan is confirmed.

 

 
48

 

 

We have an established process for determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses that relies on various procedures and pieces of information to arrive at a range of probable outcomes. First, management allocates specific portions of the allowance for loan losses to identified problem loans. Problem loans, including commercial, commercial real estate and jumbo mortgage loans, are identified through a loan risk rating system and monitored through watch list reporting. The determination of impairment for each identified credit is based on delinquency rates, collateral and other risk factors identified for that credit. The amount of impairment, or specific reserve, is calculated by using the present value of expected cash flows or the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell as required by ASC 310-10. Second, management’s evaluation of the allowance for different loan groups is based on consideration of actual loss experience, the present and prospective financial condition of borrowers, industry concentrations within the loan portfolio and general economic conditions, and absent the ability of some of those factors, as well as peer industry data of comparable banks. The risk characteristics of each of the identified portfolio segments are as follows:

 

Commercial - Our lending activities focus primarily on providing small- and medium-sized businesses in our market area with commercial loans. These loans are both secured and unsecured and are made available for general operating purposes, including acquisition of fixed assets such as real estate, equipment and machinery, and lines of credit collateralized by inventory and accounts receivable. Borrowers may be subject to industry conditions including decreases in product demand; increasing material or other production costs that cannot be immediately recaptured in the sales or distribution cycle; interest rate increases that could have an adverse impact on profitability; non-payment of credit that has been extended under normal vendor terms for goods sold or services extended; and interruption related to the importing or exporting of production materials or sold products.

 

Commercial Real Estate - Our lending activities involve more risk than residential lending because loan balances are typically greater and repayment is dependent not only upon general economic conditions and the continuing merits of the particular real estate project securing the loan, but also, and importantly, upon the underlying value of the collateral and the borrower’s financial health and liquidity. These types of loans are subject to various adverse market conditions that cause a decrease in market value or lease rates; the potential for environmental impairment from events occurring on subject or neighboring properties; and obsolescence in location or function.

 

Residential Real Estate - We provide fixed rate, long-term residential mortgage loans and floating, short-term construction loans to our customers. Our general policy, which is subject to periodic review by management, is to sell the majority of loans originated on the secondary market. We retain only those loans where we have ongoing, multi-faceted customer relationships or to keep our portfolio at benchmark levels and support our commitment to our customers and community. These types of loans are subject to adverse employment conditions in the local economy leading to increased default rate; decreased market values from oversupply in a geographic area; and impact to borrowers’ ability to maintain payments in the event of incremental rate increases on adjustable rate mortgages.

 

Home Equity Loans - We make personal loans and lines of credit available to consumers for various purposes, such as the purchase of automobiles, boats and other recreational vehicles, and to make home improvements and personal investments. The majority of our personal loans are home equity loans secured by a second lien on real estate. These types of loans are subject to adverse employment conditions in the local economy leading to increased default rate; decreased market values from oversupply in a geographic area; and impact to borrowers’ ability to maintain payments in the event of incremental rate increases on adjustable rate mortgages.

 

Consumer - These loans generally have shorter terms and higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans and usually involve more credit risk than mortgage loans because of the type and nature of the collateral. Consumer lending collections are dependent on a borrower’s continuing financial stability and are thus likely to be adversely affected by job loss, illness and personal bankruptcy. In many cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan will not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance because of depreciation of the underlying collateral.

 

A loan is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses. In the limited circumstances that a loan is no longer disclosed as a troubled debt restructuring in accordance with ASC 310-40-50-2, it is the Company’s policy to continue to base its measure of loan impairment on the contractual terms specified by the loan agreement in accordance with paragraphs 310-10-35-20 through 35-26 and 310-10-35-37. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, they are not identified for impairment disclosures. Commercial loans and mortgage loans secured by other properties are evaluated individually for impairment. When analysis of a borrower's operating results and financial condition indicates that underlying cash flows of the borrower's business are not adequate to meet its debt service requirements, the loan is evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan's existing interest rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

 

 
49

 

 

Federal Home Loan and Federal Reserve Bank Stock: Federal Home Loan and Federal Reserve Bank stock are required investments for institutions that are members of the systems. The required investment in the common stock is based on a predetermined formula, carried at cost and evaluated for impairment.

 

Foreclosed Assets: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value, less cost to sell, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation reduction is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed. Foreclosed assets totaled $2.2 million and $1.9 million, at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using both the straight-line method and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the buildings, 39 years; site improvements, 15 years; furniture and equipment, 5 to 8 years; and software and computer equipment, 3 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the useful life or the lease term. Maintenance, repairs, and minor alterations are charged to current operations as expenditures occur and major improvements are capitalized. These assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance: The Bank has purchased life insurance policies on certain officers. Bank-owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

 

Mortgage Banking Derivatives: Commitments to fund mortgage loans (interest rate locks) to be sold into the secondary market and forward commitments for the future delivery of these mortgage loans are accounted for as free-standing derivatives. Fair values of these mortgage derivatives are estimated based on changes in mortgage interest rates from the date the interest on the loan is locked. The Company enters into forward commitments for the future delivery of mortgage loans when interest rate locks are entered into, in order to hedge the change in interest rates resulting from its commitments to fund the loans. Changes in the fair values of these derivatives are included in net gains on sales of loans.

 

Treasury Stock: Common stock shares repurchased are recorded at cost. Cost of shares retired or reissued is determined using the first-in, first-out method.

 

Benefit Plans: Bonus and 401(k) plan expense is the amount contributed determined by formula. Deferred compensation plan expense and supplemental employee retirement plan expense is allocated over years of service and any related vesting periods.

 

Stock-based Compensation: Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Corporation’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

 

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the sum of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax consequences of the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is "more likely than not" that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the "more likely than not" test, no tax benefit is recorded. If required, we would recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

 

 
50

 

 

We are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the state of Indiana. We are no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2010. We do not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next 12 months.

 

Off-balance-sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, issued to meet customer financial needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The fair value estimates of existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments do not include the value of anticipated future business or the value of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.

 

Dividend Restriction: Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to Tower Financial Corporation or by us to our stockholders. From April 23, 2010 until its termination on July 10, 2012, we were under a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve and Indiana Department of Financial Institutions (“IDFI”), which was filed publicly on our 2011 Annual Report on Form 10-K and on our Current Report on Form 8-K on May 5, 2010 and discussed in more detail in Note 15 Capital Requirements and Restrictions on Retained Earnings. The Written Agreement states that we were not to pay dividends on or redeem any of our common or preferred stock or other capital stock, or make any payments of interest on our Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve. In response to these requirements, no preferred stock dividends, common stock dividends or Trust Preferred Debt interest payments were made in 2010 and 2011. In May of 2012, the Company received approval from the Federal Reserve Bank to make our Trust Preferred Debt deferred interest payments. In June of 2012, the Corporation paid current the interest payments due on our Trust Preferred Debt, which totaled approximately $2.3 million. On July 11, 2012, Tower Financial Corporation was informed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System that, effective July 10, 2012, it has lifted and, therefore, terminated the Written Agreement between itself, Tower Financial Corporation and Tower Bank & Trust Company. For the years ending December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Corporation’s board of directors declared and paid a total cash dividend of $0.55 per share and $0.61 per share, respectively, on the Corporation’s common stock.

 

Earnings Per Common Share: Basic earnings per common share is net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Restricted stock awards are considered participating securities for this calculation as those awards contain rights to non-forfeitable dividends. Diluted earnings per common share includes the dilutive impact of any additional potential common shares issuable under stock options, as well as dilutive effects of stock awards and convertible preferred shares, if any.

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss): Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net income (loss) and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes the net change in net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on securities available for sale, net of reclassification adjustments and tax, which is also recognized as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

 

Loss Contingencies: Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Restrictions on Cash: The Company is required to maintain cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of $1.5 million and $1.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These balances do not earn interest.

 

Transfers Between Fair Value Hierarchy Levels: Transfers in and out of Level 1 (quoted market prices), Level 2 (other significant observable inputs), and Level 3 (significant unobservable inputs) are recognized on the period beginning date.

 

 
51

 

 

Reclassifications: Certain items from the prior period financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income.

 

Note 2 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220); Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The objective of this Update is to improve the reporting of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income. The amendments in this Update require an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. For public entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. The adoption did not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, Balance Sheet (Topic 210);Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The main objective of this standards update is to address implementation issues about the scope of Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures About offsetting Assets and Liabilities. The amendments clarify that the scope of Update 2011-11 applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. An entity is required to apply the amendments for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the required disclosures retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption did not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11— Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . The ASU requires that an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. However, if a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The amendments are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company does not expect this ASU to have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Note 3 - Trading Assets

 

Trading assets, at fair value, consist of the following at December 31:

 

Trading Assets

 

2013

   

2012

 

Marketable equity securities - mutual funds

  $ 230,300     $ -  

 

 

The unrealized gains and losses on trading assets for the year ended December 31:

   

Three Months Ended

December 31

 
   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Gross gains

  $ 33,450     $ -     $ -  

Gross losses

    6,912       -       -  
    $ 26,538     $ -     $ -  

 

 
52

 

 

Note 4 - Securities

 

   

2013

         
   

Amortized

Cost

   

Gross Unrealized

Gains

   

Gross Unrealized

Losses

   

Fair

Value

 
                                 

Available-for-sale securities:

                               

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

  $ 95,623,785     $ 1,683,608     $ (4,305,247 )   $ 93,002,146  

Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions

    1,000,000       -       -       1,000,000  

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

    45,057,208       539,943       (536,795 )     45,060,356  

Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)

    3,586,390       96,530       (111,514 )     3,571,406  

Equity securities

    902,900       17,100       -       920,000  

Total Securities

  $ 146,170,283     $ 2,337,181     $ (4,953,556 )   $ 143,553,908  

 

   

2012

         
   

Amortized

Cost

   

Gross Unrealized

Gains

   

Gross Unrealized

Losses

   

Fair

Value

 
                                 

Available-for-sale securities:

                               

U.S. Government agency debt obligations

  $ 87,358,236     $ 4,249,120     $ (799,855 )   $ 90,807,501  

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

    2,037,517       274,823       -       2,312,340  

Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions

    75,410,166       1,672,403       (94,313 )     76,988,256  

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

    3,143,993       228,509       -       3,372,502  

Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)

    902,900       -       -       902,900  

Total Securities

  $ 168,852,812     $ 6,424,855     $ (894,168 )   $ 174,383,499  

 

 

There was no other-than-temporary impairment recognized in accumulated comprehensive income for December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

The proceeds from sales of securities and the associated gains and losses are listed below:

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Proceeds from available-for-sale securities

  $ 40,843,099     $ 5,314,735     $ 13,469,065  

Gross gains

    1,399,336       195,130       776,963  

Gross losses

    85,622       46,551       -  

 

The tax provision related to these net gains and losses were $446,663, $50,517, and $264,167 for December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. There were also $519 of gross gains on calls of available-for-sale securities for December 31, 2012 and $210 of gross losses on calls of available-for-sale securities for December 31, 2011. The net gain from sales of available-for-sale securities, less the related tax expense, is a reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss). The gain is recorded in net gain on sale of available-for-sale securities and the related tax expense is included in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

 
53

 

 

The fair values and amortized costs of debt securities available for sale at December 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Securities not due at a single date, primarily mortgage-backed securities and equity securities are shown separately. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without penalties.

       
   

12/31/2013

 
                 
   

Amortized

Cost

   

Fair

Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

               

Mortgage-backed securities:

               

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

  $ 45,057,208     $ 45,060,356  

Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)

    3,586,390       3,571,406  
    $ 48,643,598     $ 48,631,762  
                 

Obligations of state and political subdivisions:

               

Due in one year or less

  $ 1,371,814     $ 1,399,497  

Due after one to five years

    6,110,367       6,305,732  

Due after five to ten years

    21,732,000       22,465,631  

Due after ten years

    66,409,604       62,831,286  

Total Obligations of state and political subdivisions

  $ 95,623,785     $ 93,002,146  
                 

Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions:

               

Due after one to five years

  $ 1,000,000     $ 1,000,000  

Total Obligations of state and political subdivisions

  $ 1,000,000     $ 1,000,000  
                 

Equity Securities

               

Equity Securities

  $ 902,900     $ 920,000  
       
   

12/31/2012

 
                 
   

Amortized

Cost

   

Fair

Value

 

Available-for-sale securities:

               

Mortgage-backed securities:

               

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

  $ 75,410,166     $ 76,988,256  

Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)

    3,143,993       3,372,502  
    $ 78,554,159     $ 80,360,758  
                 

Obligations of state and political subdivisions:

               

Due in one year or less

  $ 1,605,182     $ 1,636,783  

Due after one to five years

    5,329,876       5,483,599  

Due after five to ten years

    17,512,040       19,046,647  

Due after ten years

    62,911,138       64,640,472  

Total Obligations of state and political subdivisions

  $ 87,358,236     $ 90,807,501  
                 

Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions:

               

Due after ten years

    2,037,517       2,312,340  

Total Obligations of state and political subdivisions

  $ 2,037,517     $ 2,312,340  
                 

Equity Securities

               

Equity Securities

  $ 902,900     $ 902,900  

 

Securities with a carrying value of $29.6 million and $15.5 million were pledged to secure borrowings from the FHLB at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Securities with a carrying value of $3.0 million and $2.6 million were pledged to the Federal Reserve to secure potential borrowings at the Discount Window at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. At December 31, 2013, securities with a carrying value of $6.9 million were pledged at Zions Bank, a correspondent bank, to secure federal funds lines of credit. At December 31, 2012, securities with a carrying value of $8.8 million were pledged at correspondent banks, including Wells Fargo and Zions Bank, to secure federal funds lines of credit. At December 31, 2013, there were no holdings of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders' equity.

 

 
54

 

 

 

Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2013 not recognized in income are as follows:

 

   

Continuing Unrealized

Losses for

Less than 12 months

   

Continuing Unrealized

Losses for

More than 12 months

   

Total

 
   

Fair Value

   

Gross Unrealized Losses

   

Fair Value

   

Gross Unrealized Losses

   

Fair Value

   

Gross Unrealized Losses

 
                                                 

Available-for-sale securities:

                                               

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

  $ 17,819,834     $ (947,648 )   $ 25,788,398     $ (3,357,599 )   $ 43,608,232     $ (4,305,247 )

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

    18,921,940       (536,795 )     -       -       18,921,940       (536,795 )

Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)

    2,162,812       (111,514 )     -       -       2,162,812       (111,514 )

Total available-for-sale securities

  $ 38,904,586     $ (1,595,957 )   $ 25,788,398     $ (3,357,599 )   $ 64,692,984     $ (4,953,556 )

 

Securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2012 not recognized in income are as follows:

 

   

Continuing Unrealized

Losses for

Less than 12 months

   

Continuing Unrealized

Losses for

More than 12 months

   

Total

 
   

Fair Value

   

Gross Unrealized Losses

   

Fair Value

   

Gross Unrealized Losses

   

Fair Value

   

Gross Unrealized Losses

 
                                                 

Available-for-sale securities:

                                               

U.S. Government agency debt obligations

  $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

    32,905,101       (799,855 )     -       -       32,905,101       (799,855 )

Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions

    -       -       -       -       -       -  

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

    17,371,951       (93,312 )     1,142,901       (1,001 )     18,514,852       (94,313 )

Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)

    -       -       -       -       -       -  

Total available-for-sale securities

  $ 50,277,052     $ (893,167 )   $ 1,142,901     $ (1,001 )   $ 51,419,953     $ (894,168 )

 

 

Unrealized losses on most mortgage-backed securities and state and municipality bonds have not been recognized into income because most of the issuers’ bonds are of high credit quality and management does not intend to sell and it is likely that management will not be required to sell the securities prior to their anticipated recovery; however, see discussion on mortgage-backed securities that are not of investment grade in the mortgage-backed securities section. Of the bonds that are deemed to not be other-than-temporarily-impaired, the fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach their maturity.

 

We evaluate securities for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. The investment securities portfolio is evaluated for OTTI by segregating the portfolio into two general segments and applying the appropriate OTTI forecast assumptions. Investment securities classified as available-for-sale are generally evaluated for OTTI in accordance with accounting standards on how to account for certain investments in debt and equity securities. However, certain purchased beneficial interests, including asset-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations, that had credit ratings at the time of purchase of below AA are evaluated using the model outlined in FASB ASC 325-40-55, Recognition of Interest Income and Impairment on Purchased Beneficial Interests and Beneficial Interests that Continue to be Held by a Transfer in Securitized Financial Assets.

 

In determining OTTI, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

 

 
55

 

 

The second segment of the portfolio uses the OTTI guidance that is specific to purchased beneficial interests that, on the purchase date, were rated below AA. The Company compares the present value of the remaining cash flows as estimated at the preceding evaluation date to the current expected remaining cash flows. OTTI is deemed to have occurred if there has been an adverse change in the remaining expected future cash flows.

 

When other-than-temporary impairment occurs under either model, the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings depends on whether an entity intends to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If an entity intends to sell or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the other-than-temporary impairment shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investments amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If an entity does not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that the entity will not be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the other-than-temporary impairment shall be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors shall be recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

 

As of December 31, 2013, Tower Financial Corporation’s security portfolio consisted of 240 securities, 71 of which were in an unrealized loss position. As of December 31, 2012, Tower Financial Corporation’s security portfolio consisted of 260 securities, 43 of which were in an unrealized loss position. The majority of unrealized losses are related to the Company’s obligations of state and political subdivisions and mortgage-backed securities, as discussed below:

 

Mortgage-backed Securities

At December 31, 2013, approximately 82% of the mortgage-backed securities we held were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these mortgage-backed securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013.

 

As of December 31, 2013, we held $8.0 million of non-agency backed CMO investments. These investments were purchased as loan alternatives. These bonds make up less than 20% of Tier 1 capital. The Company continues to monitor these securities and obtain current market prices at least on a quarterly basis. Based on this review, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2013. 

 

Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions

At December 31, 2013, substantially all obligations of state and political subdivisions are credit rated above A. The temporary impairment will fluctuate as the interest rate environment changes. In a rising interest rate environment, the temporary impairment will increase, while a decrease in the temporary impairment will occur in a declining interest rate environment. Management does not consider the temporary impairment of the securities to be severe due to the high credit quality of the underlying municipalities.

 

Trust Preferred Securities: At December 31, 2011, the Company owned a $1 million original investment in PreTSL XXV out of a pooled $877.4 million investment at the time of purchase. This was the Company’s only pooled trust preferred security and it was classified as a collateralized debt obligation. At December 31, 2011, the book and fair values of the security were written down to $0. The security was sold during the fourth quarter of 2012 for $110,000. Prior to being sold, this security was deemed other-than-temporarily-impaired requiring us to record total credit impairment of $961,342. An OTTI charge of $110,000 was recorded for the year ending December 31, 2011. No OTTI charge was taken on this security for the year ending December 31, 2012.

 

Private Label Collateralized Mortgage Obligation: At December 31, 2011, the Company owned a Private Label Collateralized Mortgage Obligation (CMO) with an original investment of $1.0 million, which is classified as a residential mortgage-backed security. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the investment was $331,464 and the amortized cost was $492,248. During the fourth quarter of 2012, the security was sold at a loss of $28,322. Prior to being sold, it was determined that this Private Label CMO was other-than-temporarily-impaired requiring us to record total credit impairment of $97,464. An OTTI charge of $688, and $39,045 was recorded for the years ending December 31, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

 

 
56

 

 

 

The table below presents a roll-forward of the credit losses relating to debt securities recognized in earnings for the years ending December 31:

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Beginning Balance, January 1

  $ 1,058,806     $ 1,058,118     $ 909,073  

Additions for amounts related to credit loss for which an OTTI was not previously recognized

    -       -       -  

Increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized

    -       688       149,045  

Ending Balance, December 31

  $ 1,058,806     $ 1,058,806     $ 1,058,118  

 

Note 5 - Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Loans at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 were as follows:

 

   

December 31, 2013

   

December 31, 2012

 
   

Balance

   

%

   

Balance

   

%

 

Commercial

  $ 237,562,043       52.0 %   $ 209,781,217       46.5 %

Commercial real estate

                               

Construction

    26,368,020       5.8 %     31,072,771       6.9 %

Other

    76,980,593       16.8 %     82,553,249       18.3 %

Residential real estate

                               

Traditional

    51,622,560       11.3 %     54,042,379       12.0 %

Jumbo

    25,548,242       5.6 %     29,053,502       6.4 %

Home equity

    28,775,901       6.3 %     33,073,555       7.3 %

Consumer

    9,668,303       2.2 %     11,394,762       2.6 %

Total loans

    456,525,662       100.00 %     450,971,435       100.0 %

Net deferred loan costs (fees)

    (730,502 )             (505,825 )        

Allowance for loan losses

    (5,715,120 )             (8,288,644 )        
                                 

Net loans

  $ 450,080,040             $ 442,176,966          

 

The following tables summarize changes in the Company’s allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated:

  For the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

   

Commercial

   

Commercial

Real Estate

   

Residential Real Estate

   

Home Equity

   

Consumer

   

Unallocated

   

Total

 

Beginning balance 1/1/2013

  $ 4,138,296     $ 3,633,650     $ 191,549     $ 209,311     $ 27,140     $ 88,698     $ 8,288,644  

Provision expense

    (19,351 )     (2,094,111 )     48,890       14,281       (6,356 )     81,647       (1,975,000 )

Charge-offs

    (824,186 )     (422,250 )     (29,134 )     (38,910 )     -       -       (1,314,480 )

Recoveries

    331,696       361,327       -       16,624       6,309       -       715,956  

Ending Balance 12/31/2013

  $ 3,626,455     $ 1,478,616     $ 211,305     $ 201,306     $ 27,093     $ 170,345     $ 5,715,120  

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

   

Commercial

   

Commercial

 Real Estate

   

Residential Real Estate

   

Home Equity

   

Consumer

   

Unallocated

   

Total

 

Beginning balance 1/1/2012

  $ 3,963,278     $ 4,705,948     $ 580,571     $ 76,923     $ 19,028     $ 62,265     $ 9,408,013  

Provision expense

    757,548       1,233,125       (101,929 )     505,018       72,805       26,433       2,493,000  

Charge-offs

    (825,883 )     (2,334,496 )     (287,093 )     (406,156 )     (66,413 )     -       (3,920,041 )

Recoveries

    243,353       29,073       -       33,526       1,720               307,672  

Ending Balance 12/31/2012

  $ 4,138,296     $ 3,633,650     $ 191,549     $ 209,311     $ 27,140     $ 88,698     $ 8,288,644  

 

 
57

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

   

Commercial

   

Commercial Real Estate

   

Residential Real Estate

   

Home Equity

   

Consumer

   

Unallocated

   

Total

 

Beginning balance 1/1/2011

  $ 5,790,945     $ 6,183,365     $ 386,992     $ 77,051     $ 28,711     $ 22,336     $ 12,489,400  

Provision expense

    (879,621 )     4,840,844       200,612       39,199       (20,963 )     39,929       4,220,000  

Charge-offs

    (1,751,096 )     (6,398,449 )     (7,033 )     (65,739 )     -       -       (8,222,317 )

Recoveries

    803,050       80,188       -       26,412       11,280       -       920,930  

Ending Balance 12/31/2011

  $ 3,963,278     $ 4,705,948     $ 580,571     $ 76,923     $ 19,028     $ 62,265     $ 9,408,013  

 

 

The following tables present the fair value of the Company’s loans sold by portfolio segment for the periods indicated:

 

For the year ended December 31, 2013:

       

Commercial

  $ 3,739,854  

Commercial Real Estate

    800,000  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2012:

       

Commercial

  $ 780,828  

Commercial Real Estate

    -  

 

For the year ended December 31, 2011:

       

Commercial

  $ 2,924,839  

Commercial Real Estate

    1,201,862  

 

 

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by class of loans based on impairment method as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

December 31, 2013

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   

Total

 

Allowance for loan losses:

                       

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

                       

Commercial

  $ 1,692,804     $ 1,933,651     $ 3,626,455  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    -       64,689       64,689  

Other

    -       1,413,927       1,413,927  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       141,350       141,350  

Jumbo

    -       69,955       69,955  

Home Equity

    -       201,306       201,306  

Consumer

    -       27,093       27,093  

Unallocated

    -       170,345       170,345  

Total

  $ 1,692,804     $ 4,022,316     $ 5,715,120  
                         

Loans:

                       

Commercial

  $ 9,715,174     $ 228,442,797     $ 238,157,971  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    778,213       25,447,850       26,226,063  

Other

    385,685       76,540,323       76,926,008  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       51,656,267       51,656,267  

Jumbo

    -       25,564,924       25,564,924  

Home Equity

    -       28,947,569       28,947,569  

Consumer

    -       9,743,059       9,743,059  

Unallocated

    -       -       -  

Total

  $ 10,879,072     $ 446,342,789     $ 457,221,861  

 

 
58

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Individually evaluated for impairment

   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

   

Total

 

Allowance for loan losses:

                       

Ending allowance balance attributable to loans:

                       

Commercial

  $ 1,863,569     $ 2,274,727     $ 4,138,296  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    104,000       415,535       519,535  

Other

    -       3,114,115       3,114,115  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       124,576       124,576  

Jumbo

    -       66,973       66,973  

Home Equity

    -       209,311       209,311  

Consumer

    -       27,140       27,140  

Unallocated

    -       88,698       88,698  

Total

  $ 1,967,569     $ 6,321,075     $ 8,288,644  
                         

Loans:

                       

Commercial

  $ 12,011,267     $ 198,361,867     $ 210,373,134  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    3,980,626       27,003,008       30,983,634  

Other

    753,136       81,784,775       82,537,911  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       54,120,324       54,120,324  

Jumbo

    1,399,283       27,696,123       29,095,406  

Home Equity

    -       33,264,786       33,264,786  

Consumer

    -       11,506,816       11,506,816  

Unallocated

    -       -       -  

Total

  $ 18,144,312     $ 433,737,699     $ 451,882,011  

 

The following tables present loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

December 31, 2013

 

Unpaid Principal

Balance

   

Recorded Investment

   

Allowance for Loan

Losses Allocated

 

With no related allowance recorded:

                       

Commercial

  $ 2,316,097     $ 1,936,906     $ -  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    910,419       778,213       -  

Other

    385,324       385,685       -  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       -       -  

Jumbo

    -       -       -  

Home Equity

    -       -       -  

Consumer

    -       -       -  
      3,611,840       3,100,804       -  

With related allowance recorded:

                       

Commercial

    7,832,147       7,778,268       1,692,804  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    -       -       -  

Other

    -       -       -  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       -       -  

Jumbo

    -       -       -  

Home Equity

    -       -       -  

Consumer

    -       -       -  
      7,832,147       7,778,268       1,692,804  
                         
    $ 11,443,987     $ 10,879,072     $ 1,692,804  

 

 
59

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Unpaid Principal

Balance

   

Recorded Investment

   

Allowance for Loan

Losses Allocated

 

With no related allowance recorded:

                       

Commercial

  $ 2,732,989     $ 2,473,705     $ -  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    6,562,426       3,339,120       -  

Other

    872,074       753,136       -  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       -       -  

Jumbo

    1,930,616       1,399,283       -  

Home Equity

    -       -       -  

Consumer

    -       -       -  
      12,098,105       7,965,244       -  

With related allowance recorded:

                       

Commercial

    9,638,777       9,537,562       1,863,569  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    641,577       641,506       104,000  

Other

    -       -       -  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       -       -  

Jumbo

    -       -       -  

Home Equity

    -       -       -  

Consumer

    -       -       -  
      10,280,354       10,179,068       1,967,569  
                         
    $ 22,378,459     $ 18,144,312     $ 1,967,569  

 

For the tables directly above, the recorded investment in loans includes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees, net. For purposes of this disclosure, the unpaid principal balance is not reduced for net charge-offs.

 

 
60

 

 

The following tables present the average impaired loans, interest recognized on impaired loans, and cash-basis interest income recognized on impaired loans for years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

For the year ended

 

December 31, 2013

   

December 31, 2012

   

December 31, 2011

 
                         

Average impaired loans during the period:

                       

Commercial

  $ 10,058,115     $ 8,829,027     $ 10,380,885  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    2,496,592       3,314,674       6,946,998  

Other

    1,327,794       2,045,886       6,394,974  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       -       -  

Jumbo

    867,326       1,394,301       234,804  

Home Equity

    -       229,187       67,567  
                         

Interest recognized on impaired loans:

                       

Commercial

    453,506       246,693       448,639  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    75,577       192,120       373,517  

Other

    6,709       83,527       228,811  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       -       -  

Jumbo

    -       7,459       20,460  

Home Equity

    -       5,699       2,499  
                         

Cash-basis interest income recognized:

                       

Commercial

    448,506       224,088       436,937  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    61,936       183,511       354,967  

Other

    6,709       76,647       216,200  

Residential Real Estate

                       

Traditional

    -       -       -  

Jumbo

    -       2,333       -  

Home Equity

    -       472       2,499  

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in nonaccrual and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

Nonaccrual

   

Loans Past Due Over 90 Days Still Accruing

 

Commercial

  $ 8,633,389     $ -  

Commercial Real Estate

               

Construction

    778,213       -  

Other

    385,685       -  

Residential Real Estate

               

Traditional

    442,881       126,385  

Jumbo

    -       -  

Home Equity

    203,800       -  

Consumer

    -       15,220  

Total

  $ 10,443,968     $ 141,605  

 

 
61

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Nonaccrual

   

Loans Past Due

Over 90 Days Still

Accruing

 

Commercial

  $ 8,899,434     $ -  

Commercial Real Estate

               

Construction

    2,789,835       -  

Other

    753,136       -  

Residential Real Estate

               

Traditional

    1,055,284       109,768  

Jumbo

    1,399,283       -  

Home Equity

    84,611       -  

Consumer

    -       2,681  

Total

  $ 14,981,583     $ 112,449  

 

The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

30 - 59 Days Past Due

   

60 - 89 Days Past Due

   

Greater than 90 Days Past Due

   

Total Past Due

   

Total Loans Not Past Due

 

Commercial

  $ 33,535     $ 72,851     $ 1,105,415       1,211,801     $ 236,946,170  

Commercial Real Estate

                                       

Construction

    -       -       778,213       778,213       25,447,850  

Other

    307,469       -       269,044       576,513       76,349,495  

Residential Real Estate

                                       

Traditional

    731,079       55,567       569,266       1,355,912       50,300,355  

Jumbo

    560,889       -       -       560,889       25,004,035  

Home Equity

    316,219       -       80,131       396,350       28,551,219  

Consumer

    89,529       19,223       15,220       123,972       9,619,087  

Total

  $ 2,038,720     $ 147,641     $ 2,817,289     $ 5,003,650     $ 452,218,211  

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

30 - 59 Days Past Due

   

 

60 - 89 Days Past Due

   

Greater than 90 Days Past Due

   

Total Past Due

   

Total Loans Not Past Due

 

Commercial

  $ 811,194     $ 298,560     $ 6,625,351       7,735,105     $ 202,638,029  

Commercial Real Estate

                                       

Construction

    -       1,190,791       1,203,867       2,394,658       28,588,976  

Other

    3,885,019       -       624,585       4,509,604       78,028,307  

Residential Real Estate

                                       

Traditional

    294,459       355,134       1,165,052       1,814,645       52,305,679  

Jumbo

    -       -       1,399,283       1,399,283       27,696,123  

Home Equity

    8,757       9,082       84,611       102,450       33,162,336  

Consumer

    122,580       30,697       2,681       155,958       11,350,858  

Total

  $ 5,122,009     $ 1,884,264     $ 11,105,430     $ 18,111,703     $ 433,770,308  

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

 

The Company has allocated $793,000 and $260,000 of specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The Company has committed to lend additional amounts totaling up to $18,736 and $0 as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

 

During the year ending December 31, 2013, there was one loan modification that met the definition of a troubled debt restructuring. The modification of the terms included renewing a collateral deficient commercial loan to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. During the year ending December 31, 2012, there were four loans modified that met the definition of a troubled debt restructuring. The modification of the terms of these loans included extending the maturity date on a commercial loan for a customer that was experiencing financial difficulty in the amount of $360,315, decreasing the collateral release price from the original collateral release schedule for a commercial real estate construction loan in the amount of $1,034,993, and renewing collateral deficient commercial loans for two different customers, which totaled $1,651,493.

 

 
62

 

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the years ending December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

 

   

For the year ending December 31, 2013

 
   

Number of Loans

   

Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment*

   

Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment*

 

Commercial

    1     $ 328,351     $ 328,351  

 

*Note: Pre-modification and post-modification recorded investment balances above represent balances prior to the modification and the balance as a result of the modification.

 

The troubled debt restructurings described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $160,000 and did not result in charge offs during the year ending December 31, 2013.

 

   

For the year ending December 31, 2012

 
   

Number of Loans

   

Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment*

   

Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment*

 

Commercial

    3     $ 2,007,343     $ 2,011,808  

Commercial Real Estate

                       

Construction

    1     $ 1,034,993     $ 1,034,993  

 

*Note: Pre-modification and post-modification recorded investment balances above represent balances prior to the modification and the balance as a result of the modification.

 

The troubled debt restructurings described above increased the allowance for loan losses by $260,000 and resulted in $30,086 of charge offs during the year ending December 31, 2012.

 

The following table presents the recorded investment by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the year ending December 31, 2012:

 

   

December 31, 2012

 
   

Number of Loans

   

Recorded Investment

 

Commercial

    1     $ 362,623  

Commercial Real Estate:

               

Construction

    2       354,894  

Other

    2       358,218  

 

A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.

 

In 2012, the troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted described above reduced the allowance for loan losses by $1.0 million as a result of charge offs during the year ending December 31, 2012. The $1.0 million in charge offs taken during the period were reserved in full as of December 31, 2011. In addition, these loans were sold in 2013 resulting in a recovery of $308,889 and no other troubled debt restructurings subsequently defaulted within twelve months following the modification for the year ending December 31, 2013

 

The terms of certain other loans were modified during the year ending December 31, 2013 and 2012 that did not meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring. These loans have a total recorded investment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 of $102.9 million and $73.7 million, respectively, for the year ending. The modification of these loans involved either a modification of the terms of a loan to borrowers who were not experiencing financial difficulties or a delay in a payment that was considered to be insignificant.

 

 
63

 

 

In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the company’s internal underwriting policy.

 

Credit Quality Indicators:

 

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis includes non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

 

Pass: Loans classified as pass typically have adequate credit quality and sources of repayment. The characteristics of this loan risk classification are better than those rated special mention and typically have few loan to value exceptions.

 

Special Mention: Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution's credit position at some future date.

 

Substandard: Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful: Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans. Loans listed as not rated are included in groups of homogeneous loans. As of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of the recorded investment of loans by class of loans is as follows:

 

December 31, 2013

 

Not Rated

   

 

Pass

   

Special Mention

   

Substandard

   

Doubtful

 

Commercial

  $ -     $ 220,104,174     $ 3,117,880     $ 6,742,843     $ 8,193,074  

Commercial Real Estate

                                       

Construction

    -       24,947,255       -       500,595       778,213  

Other

    -       71,936,998       1,904,255       2,699,070       385,685  

Residential Real Estate

                                       

Traditional

    51,656,267       -       -       -       -  

Jumbo

    25,564,924       -       -       -       -  

Home Equity

    28,947,569       -       -       -       -  

Consumer

    9,743,059       -       -       -       -  

Total

  $ 115,911,819     $ 316,988,427     $ 5,022,135     $ 9,942,508     $ 9,356,972  

 

 
64

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

Not Rated

   

Pass

   

Special Mention

   

Substandard

   

Doubtful

 

Commercial

  $ -     $ 188,915,297     $ 1,466,775     $ 11,091,628     $ 8,899,434  

Commercial Real Estate

                                       

Construction

    -       24,992,377       2,010,631       1,190,791       2,789,835  

Other

    -       73,747,287       2,028,714       6,008,773       753,137  

Residential Real Estate

                                       

Traditional

    54,120,324       -       -       -       -  

Jumbo

    27,696,123       -       -       -       1,399,283  

Home Equity

    33,264,786       -       -       -       -  

Consumer

    11,506,816       -       -       -       -  

Total

  $ 126,588,049     $ 287,654,961     $ 5,506,120     $ 18,291,192     $ 13,841,689  

 

The Company considers the performance of the loan portfolio and its impact on the allowance for loan losses. For residential, home equity, and consumer classes, the Company also evaluates the credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by activity. The following table presents the recorded investment in residential, home equity, and consumer loans based on aging status as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

December 31, 2013

 

Not Past Due

   

30 - 89 Days Past

Due

   

 

Greater than 90 Days Past Due Still Accruing

   

Nonaccrual

 

Residential Real Estate

                               

Traditional

  $ 50,300,355     $ 786,646     $ 126,385     $ 442,881  

Jumbo

    25,004,035       560,889       -       -  

Home Equity

    28,427,550       316,219       -       203,800  

Consumer

    9,619,086       108,753       15,220       -  

Total

  $ 113,351,026     $ 1,772,507     $ 141,605     $ 646,681  

 

December 31, 2012

 

Not Past Due

   

30 - 89 Days Past

Due

   

 

Greater than 90 Days Past Due Still Accruing

   

Nonaccrual

 

Residential Real Estate

                               

Traditional

  $ 52,305,679     $ 649,593     $ 109,768     $ 1,055,284  

Jumbo

    27,696,123       -       -       1,399,283  

Home Equity

    33,162,336       17,839       -       84,611  

Consumer

    11,350,858       153,277       2,681       -  

Total

  $ 124,514,996     $ 820,709     $ 112,449     $ 2,539,178  

 

 

Note 6 – Fair Value

 

The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

 
65

 

 

The Company uses the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:

 

Investment Securities: The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2), which include our agencies, municipal bonds, and mortgage-backed securities. In certain cases where market data is not readily available because of lack of market activity or little public disclosure, values may be based on unobservable inputs and classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, which at December 31, 2013 and 2012 included one equity security. In prior periods, values classified in Level 3 included some of the Company’s mortgage-backed securities and obligations of state and political subdivisions. The fair value of Level 3 securities is highly sensitive to assumption changes and market volatility due to current market conditions as well as the limited trading activity of these securities.

 

Loans Held for Sale, at Fair Value: The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan (Level 2).

 

Impaired Loans: The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent collateral appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

 

Other Real Estate Owned: The fair value of certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (OREO) are based on recent real estate appraisals less costs to sell. These appraisals may use a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

 

The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels our assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

           

December 31, 2013

         
   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

   

Total

 

Available-for-sale securities:

                               

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

  $ -     $ 93,002,146     $ -     $ 93,002,146  

Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions

    -       -       1,000,000       1,000,000  

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

    -       45,060,356       -       45,060,356  

Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)

    -       3,571,406       -       3,571,406  

Equity securities

    -       -       920,000       920,000  

Total

  $ -     $ 141,633,908     $ 1,920,000     $ 143,553,908  

 

           

December 31, 2012

         
   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

   

Total

 

Available-for-sale securities:

                               

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

  $ -     $ 90,807,501     $ -     $ 90,807,501  

Taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions

    -       2,312,340       -       2,312,340  

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

    -       76,988,256       -       76,988,256  

Mortgage-backed securities (commercial)

    -       3,372,502       -       3,372,502  

Equity securities

    -       -       902,900       902,900  

Total

  $ -     $ 173,480,599     $ 902,900     $ 174,383,499  

 

 
66

 

 

The following table represents the changes in the Level 3 fair-value category for the year ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. We classify financial instruments in Level 3 of the fair-value hierarchy when there is reliance on at least one significant unobservable input in the valuation model. In addition to these unobservable inputs, the valuation models for Level 3 financial instruments typically also rely on a number of inputs that are readily observable either directly or indirectly. Thus, the gains and losses presented below include changes in the fair value related to both observable and unobservable inputs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

   

December 31

 

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

 

2013

   

2012

 
                 

Beginning Balance, January 1

  $ -     $ 13,086,544  

Principal paydowns

    -       (923,791 )

Net realized/unrealized gains (losses)

               

Included in earnings:

               

Interest income on securities

    -       (23,858 )

Credit loss recognized in earnings

    -       (688 )

Included in other comprehensive income

    -       231,649  

Purchases of Level 3 securities

    -       -  

Sale of Level 3 securities

    -       (426,824 )

Transfers in (out) of Level 3

    -       (11,943,032 )

Ending Balance, December 31

  $ -     $ -  

 

 

   

December 31

 

Obligations of state and politicial subdivisions

 

2013

   

2012

 
                 

Beginning Balance, January 1

  $ -     $ 3,686,288  

Principal paydowns

    -       -  

Net realized/unrealized gains (losses)

               

Included in earnings:

               

Interest income on securities

    -       (42 )

Credit loss recognized in earnings

    -       -  

Included in other comprehensive income

    -       (5,581 )

Purchases of Level 3 securities

    -       -  

Transfers in (out) of Level 3

    -       (3,680,665 )

Ending Balance, December 31

  $ -     $ -  

 

 

   

December 31

 

Taxable obligations of state and politicial subdivisions

 

2013

   

2012

 
                 

Beginning Balance, January 1

  $ -     $ -  

Principal paydowns

    -       -  

Net realized/unrealized gains (losses)

               

Included in earnings:

               

Interest income on securities

    -       -  

Credit loss recognized in earnings

    -       -  

Included in other comprehensive income

    -       -  

Purchases of Level 3 securities

    1,000,000       -  

Transfers in (out) of Level 3

    -       -  

Ending Balance, December 31

  $ 1,000,000     $ -  

 

 
67

 

 

   

December 31

 

Equity securities

 

2013

   

2012

 
                 

Beginning Balance, January 1

  $ 902,900     $ -  

Principal paydowns

    -       -  

Net realized/unrealized gains (losses)

               

Included in earnings:

               

Interest income on securities

    -       -  

Credit loss recognized in earnings

    -       -  

Included in other comprehensive income

    17,100       -  

Purchases of Level 3 securities

    -       902,900  

Transfers in (out) of Level 3

    -       -  

Ending Balance, December 31

  $ 920,000     $ 902,900  

 

The table below summarizes changes in unrealized gains and losses recorded in earnings for the years ended December 31 for Level 3 assets that are still held at December 31.

 

   

Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses)

Relating to Assets Held at Reporting Date for

the Year Ended December 31

 

Collateralized debt obligation

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Impairment recognized in earnings

    -       -       110,000  

 

   

Changes in Unrealized Gains (Losses)

Relating to Assets Held at Reporting Date for

the Year Ended December 31

 

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

 

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Impairment recognized in earnings

    -       -       39,045  

 

Transfers between Levels

 

There were no transfers between Levels 1, 2, and 3 for the year ending December 31, 2013.

 

 
68

 

 

Transfers between Levels 1, 2, and 3 and the reasons for those transfers are as follows for the year ending December 31, 2012:

 

   

 

Quoted Prices in

Active Markets

for Identica

l Assets

   

Significant Other Observable

Inputs

   

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

   
   

(Level 1)

   

(Level 2)

   

(Level 3)

 

Reason for Transfer

Transfers from level:

                         

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

  $ -     $ -     $ (11,943,032 )

Increased market activity removed need

for significant unobservable inputs

                           

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

    -       -       (3,680,665 )

Increased market activity removed need 

for significant unobservable inputs

                           

Total transfers from level

  $ -     $ -     $ (15,623,697 )  
                           

Transfers to level:

                         

Mortgage-backed securities (residential)

  $ -     $ 11,943,032     $ -  

Increased market activity removed need 

for significant unobservable inputs

                           

Obligations of state and political subdivisions

    -       3,680,665       -  

Increased market activity removed need

for significant unobservable inputs

                           

Total transfers to level

  $ -     $ 15,623,697     $ -    

 

The following table presents for each of the fair-value hierarchy levels our assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

 

           

December 31, 2013

         
   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

   

Total

 

Impaired loans:

                               

Commercial

  $ -     $ -     $ 461,477     $ 461,477  

Other real estate owned:

                               

Commercial Real Estate

                               

Construction

    -       -       -       -  

Other

    -       -       279,000       279,000  

Residential Real Estate

                               

Traditional

    -       -       -       -  

Jumbo

    -       -       -       -  

 

 
69

 

 

           

December 31, 2012

         
   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

   

Total

 

Impaired loans:

                               

Commercial

  $ -     $ -     $ 6,491,503     $ 6,491,503  

Commercial Real Estate

                               

Construction

    -       -       1,985,598       1,985,598  

Other

    -       -       368,662       368,662  

Residential Real Estate

                               

Traditional

    -       -       -       -  

Jumbo

    -       -       1,399,283       1,399,283  

Home Equity

    -       -       -       -  

Other real estate owned:

                               

Commercial Real Estate

                               

Construction

    -       -       1,093,265       1,093,265  

Other

    -       -       226,000       226,000  

Residential Real Estate

                               

Traditional

    -       -       150,300       150,300  

Jumbo

    -       -       -       -  

 

Unobservable (Level 3) Inputs

 

The following table presents quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements.

 

   

 

Fair Value at

December 31, 2013

 

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Inputs

 

Range (Weighted

Average)

Other real estate owned

  $ 279,000  

Collateral based measurements

Discount to reflect current market conditions

  0% - 20 %
                       

Collateral-dependent impaired loans

    461,477  

Collateral based measurements

Discount to reflect current market conditions and ultimate collectibility

  0% - 50 %
                       

Taxable obligations of state and poliital subdivisions

    1,000,000  

Discounted cash flow

Unrated security yield adjustment

  0% -  5 %

 

   

 

Fair Value at

December 31, 2012

 

Valuation Technique

Unobservable Inputs

 

Range (Weighted

Average)

Other real estate owned

  $ 1,469,565  

Collateral based measurements

Discount to reflect current market conditions

  0% - 20 %
           

 

         

Collateral-dependent impaired loans

    10,245,046  

Collateral based measurements

Discount to reflect current market conditions and ultimate collectibility

  0% - 50 %

 

 

Sensitivity of Significant Unobservable Inputs

 

Other certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are therefore not included in the tables above. These include impaired loans, which are measured at fair value based on the fair value of the underlying collateral. Fair value is determined, where possible, using market prices derived from an appraisal or evaluation. However, certain assumptions and unobservable inputs are used many times by the appraiser, therefore, qualifying the assets as Level 3 in the fair-value hierarchy.

 

Impaired Loans: The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent collateral appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

 

 
70

 

 

Other Real Estate Owned: The fair value of certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (OREO) are based on recent real estate appraisals less costs to sell. These appraisals may use a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.

 

Taxable Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions : The fair value of certain taxable obligations of state and political subdivisions is based on applying a discount to the municipal bond benchmark index. Significant increases (decreases) in the index will result in a higher or lower fair value measurement for these securities. The application of discounts results in a Level 3 classification for inputs for determining fair value.

 

The following schedule reflects the carrying values and estimated fair values of our financial instruments at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Only financial instruments are shown.

 

   

Fair Value Measurements Using:

 

December 31, 2013

 

Carrying

Value

   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

 

Financial assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 42,168,520     $ 42,168,520     $ -     $ -  

Long-term interest-bearing deposits

    603,684       -       603,684       -  

Securities available for sale

    143,553,908       -       141,633,908       1,920,000  

FHLB and FRB stock

    3,807,700       -       3,807,700       -  

Loans held for sale

    2,169,067       -       2,169,067       -  

Loans, net

    450,080,040       -       -       455,272,294  

Accrued interest receivable

    2,685,762       -       2,685,762       -  

Financial liabilities:

                               

Deposits

    (598,399,689 )     -       (594,791,086 )     -  

Short-term borrowings

    -       -       -       -  

FHLB advances

    (5,500,000 )     -       (5,484,829 )     -  

Junior subordinated debt

    (17,527,000 )     -       -       (6,250,387 )

Accrued interest payable

    (103,942 )     -       (103,942 )     -  

 

   

Fair Value Measurements Using:

 

December 31, 2012

 

Carrying

Value

   

Level 1

   

Level 2

   

Level 3

 

Financial assets:

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,846,301     $ 14,846,301     $ -     $ -  

Long-term interest-bearing deposits

    457,000       -       457,000       -  

Securities available for sale

    174,383,499       -       173,480,599       902,900  

FHLB and FRB stock

    3,807,700       -       3,807,700       -  

Loans held for sale

    4,933,299       -       4,933,299       -  

Loans, net

    442,176,966       -       -       449,833,513  

Accrued interest receivable

    2,564,503       -       2,564,503       -  

Financial liabilities:

                               

Deposits

    (561,007,338 )     -       (563,043,048 )     -  

Short-term borrowings

    (9,093,652 )     -       (9,093,652 )     -  

FHLB advances

    (28,300,000 )     -       (28,337,750 )     -  

Junior subordinated debt

    (17,527,000 )     -       -       (6,080,121 )

Accrued interest payable

    (107,943 )     -       (107,943 )     -  

 

 
71

 

 

The following methods were used to estimate the fair value of all other financial instruments recognized in the accompanying balance sheets at amounts other than fair value.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

Long-term interest-bearing deposits: The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

Securities available for sale: Estimated fair value for securities available for sale is consistent with the fair value hierarchy as described above. For securities where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are estimated based on the fair value of similar securities and in some cases on unobservable inputs due to inactive market activity.

 

FHLB and FRB stock: Fair value is estimated at book value due to restrictions that limit the sale or transfer of such securities.

 

Loans held for sale: The carrying amount approximates fair value due to the insignificant time between origination and date of sale.

 

Loans: Fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the market rates at which similar notes would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The market rates used are based on current rates the Bank would impose for similar loans and reflect a market participant assumption about risks associated with non-performance, illiquidity, and the structure and term of the loans along with local economic and market conditions.

 

Accrued interest receivable and payable: The carrying amount approximates fair value. The carrying amount is determined using the interest rate, balance and last payment date.

 

Deposits: Fair value of term deposits is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates of similar deposits with similar maturities. The market rates used were obtained from a knowledgeable independent third party and reviewed by the Company. The rates were the average of current rates offered by local competitors of the bank subsidiaries.

 

The estimated fair value of demand, NOW, savings and money market deposits is the book value since rates are regularly adjusted to market rates and amounts are payable on demand at the reporting date.

 

Short-term borrowings: The carrying amount approximates fair value.

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances: Fair value is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using rates of similar advances with similar maturities. These rates were obtained from current rates offered by FHLB.

 

Junior subordinated debt: Fair value of the subordinated debt is estimated by discounting the estimated future cash flows using current estimated market rates. The market rates used were averages of currently traded trust preferred securities with similar characteristics to the Company’s issuances and obtained from an independent third party.

 

Note 7 - Premises and Equipment, net

 

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows:

 

   

December 31,

 
   

2013

   

2012

 

Land

  $ 3,099,490     $ 3,099,490  

Buildings

    4,942,517       4,904,613  

Leashold improvements

    1,373,527       1,355,533  

Furniture and equipment

    5,897,405       6,001,194  

Construction in process*

    11,361       9,509  

Subtotal

    15,324,300       15,370,339  

Accumulated depreciation

    (6,748,315 )     (6,466,125 )

Premises and equipment, net

  $ 8,575,985     $ 8,904,214  

 

Depreciation expense for 2013, 2012, and 2011was $637,515, $724,859, and $684,237, respectively. Information regarding lease commitments is provided in Note 13.

 

 
72

 

 

Note 8 – Deposits

 

Deposits at December 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows:

 

   

2013

   

2012

 
   

Balance

   

%

   

Balance

   

%

 
                                 

Core Deposits:

                               

Noninterest-bearing demand

  $ 110,715,005       18.5 %   $ 108,147,229       19.3 %

Interest-bearing checking

    193,248,782       32.3 %     170,047,196       30.4 %

Money market

    130,331,968       21.8 %     120,253,915       21.4 %

Savings

    32,818,454       5.5 %     28,874,130       5.1 %

Time, under $100,000

    22,794,359       3.8 %     25,934,862       4.6 %

Total core deposits

    489,908,568       81.9 %     453,257,332       80.8 %

Non-core deposits:

                               

In-market non-core deposits:

                               

Time, $100,000 and over

    14,039,229       2.3 %     17,521,246       3.1 %

Out-of-market non-core deposits:

                               

Brokered money market deposits

    12,050,885       2.0 %     12,035,072       2.1 %

Brokered certificate of deposits

    82,401,007       13.8 %     78,193,688       14.0 %

Total out-of-market deposits

    94,451,892       15.8 %     90,228,760       16.1 %

Total non-core deposits

    108,491,121       18.1 %     107,750,006       19.2 %
                                 

Total deposits

  $ 598,399,689       100.0 %   $ 561,007,338       100.0 %

 

The following table shows the maturity distribution for certificates of deposit at December 31,2013.

 

2014

  $ 37,454,209  

2015

    14,793,653  

2016

    15,171,971  

2017

    6,584,678  

2018

    4,125,694  

Thereafter

    41,104,390  
         

Total

  $ 119,234,595  

 

Note 9 - Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

 

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") were:

   

2013

   

2012

 
                 

0.46% bullet advance, principal due at maturity February 15, 2013

  $ -     $ 3,000,000  

3.81% bullet advance, principal due at maturity March 26, 2013

    -       2,000,000  

0.49% variable rate advance, principal due at maturity June 12, 2013

    -       3,300,000  

0.49% variable rate advance, principal due at maturity June 17, 2013

    -       7,000,000  

0.49% variable rate advance, principal due at maturity June 25, 2013

    -       3,000,000  

0.50% variable rate advance, principal due at maturity July 1, 2013

    -       3,500,000  

0.49% bullet advance, principal due at maturity August 19, 2013

    -       3,000,000  

0.62% bullet advance, principal due at maturity March 28, 2016

    2,000,000       -  

1.12% bullet advance, principal due at maturity May 30, 2017

    3,500,000       3,500,000  
                 

Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances

  $ 5,500,000     $ 28,300,000  

 

At December 31, 2013, all FHLB advances totaling $5.5 million had fixed rates with no callable options. At December 31, 2012, four FHLB advances in the amount of $16.8 million have variable rates and can be repaid anytime at the Company’s discretion before their contractual maturities. The remaining four FHLB advances totaling $11.5 million have fixed rates with no callable options at December 31, 2012.

 

 
73

 

 

At December 31, 2013 scheduled principal reductions on these FHLB advances were as follows:

 

Year

 

Advances

 

2014

  $ -  

2015

    -  

2016

    2,000,000  

2017

    3,500,000  
    $ 5,500,000  

 

At December 31, 2013, in addition to FHLB stock, we pledged securities held by the FHLB totaling $29.6 million and have pledged loans totaling approximately $35.9 million that are being safe kept at US Bank as "specific" collateral to secure advances outstanding at FHLB of Indianapolis. Also, we had unpledged interest-bearing deposits with the FHLB at December 31, 2013 totaling $1.4 million.       

 

Note 10 - Junior Subordinated Debentures and Trust Preferred Securities

 

On December 5, 2005, TCT2 sold 8,000 Trust Preferred Securities with a par value of $1,000 at a rate equal to the three-month Libor rate plus 1.34%. The initial rate was fixed at 6.21% for the first five years, after which the rate went floating based on the three-month Libor plus 1.34% beginning December 5, 2010. The proceeds of the sale and the initial equity investment were loaned to us in exchange for junior subordinated debentures of $8,248,000 with similar terms to the Trust Preferred Securities. The sole assets of TCT2 are the junior subordinated debentures to us and payments thereunder as well as certain unamortized issuance costs. The junior subordinated debentures are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Trust Preferred Securities at maturity or their earlier redemption at the par amount. The maturity date of the Trust Preferred Securities is December 4, 2035. While subject to receiving approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, if then required, the Trust Preferred Securities were redeemable prior to the maturity date as of December 5, 2010 and each year thereafter at our option. As of December 31, 2013, we have chosen not to redeem the debt due to the low rate of interest we are paying on this debt of LIBOR plus 1.34%. As of December 31, 2013, the rate was 1.59%. We have the option to defer interest payments on the Trust Preferred Securities from time to time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of this Trust (variable interest entity), therefore the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability.

 

On December 29, 2006, TCT3 sold 9,000 Trust Preferred Securities with a par value of $1,000 at a rate equal to the three-month Libor rate plus 1.69%. The initial rate was fixed at 6.56% for the first five years, at which the rate went floating based on the three-month Libor plus 1.69% beginning March 1, 2012. The proceeds of the sale and the initial equity investment were loaned to us in exchange for junior subordinated debentures of $9,279,000 with similar terms to the Trust Preferred Securities. The sole assets of TCT3 are the junior subordinated debentures to us and payments thereunder as well as certain unamortized issuance costs. The junior subordinated debentures are subject to mandatory redemption, in whole or in part, upon repayment of the Trust Preferred Securities at maturity or their earlier redemption at the par amount. The maturity date of the Trust Preferred Securities is March 1, 2037. Subject to our having received prior approval of the Federal Reserve Bank, if then required, the Trust Preferred Securities were redeemable prior to the maturity date beginning March 1, 2012 and each year thereafter at our option. As of December 31, 2013, we have chosen not to redeem the debt due to the low rate of interest we are paying on this debt of LIBOR plus 1.69%. As of December 31, 2013 the rate was 1.93%. We have the option to defer interest payments on the Trust Preferred Securities from time to time for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarterly periods. The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of this Trust (variable interest entity), therefore the trust is not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements, but rather the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability.

 

From April 23, 2010 until its termination on July 10, 2012, we were under a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the IDFI (the “Written Agreement”). The Written Agreement stated that we were not to make any payments of interest on the Company’s Trust Preferred Debt, without written approval from the Federal Reserve. In response to these requirements, no Trust Preferred Debt interest payments were made in 2010 and 2011. In May of 2012, the Company received written approval from the Federal Reserve to make the current and accumulated interest payments on the Trust Preferred Debt, which totaled approximately $2.3 million. After the Written Agreement was formally lifted, the Company elected to discontinue deferring the interest payments on the Trust Preferred Securities. The total interest payments made on the Trust Preferred Debt during 2012 were approximately $2.5 million.

 

 
74

 

 

Note 11 - Income Taxes

 

The consolidated provision for income taxes for the following years ended December 31 are as follows:

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 
                         
Federal           - current   $ 912,387     $ 922,838     $ 445,354  

                - deferred

    1,583,752       227,044       510,333  

State               - current

    (514,250 )     (18,894 )     -  

                - deferred

    1,339,990       856,781       26,274  

Change in valuation allowance related to realization of net state deferred tax assets

    -       -       (2,619,866 )

Change in valuation allowance related to realization of security impairments

    -       (375,330 )     85,874  
                         

Total income taxes expense

  $ 3,321,879     $ 1,612,439     $ (1,552,031 )

 

The effective tax rate differs from the statutory tax rate applicable to corporations as a result of permanent and other differences between accounting and taxable income as shown below:

 

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 
                         

Statutory tax rate

    34.0 %     34.0 %     34.0 %

State tax, net of federal income tax effect

    4.8 %     4.1 %     0.1 %

Tax exempt interest

    (8.0 )%     (8.9 )%     (11.6 )%

Earnings on life insurance

    (1.9 )%     (2.7 )%     (3.8 )%

State tax valuation allowance

    (0.0 )%     (0.0 )%     (50.5 )%

Other

    0.2 %     (4.6 )%     1.2 %
                         
Effective tax rate     29.1 %     21.9 %     (30.6% )

 

 
75

 

 

The net deferred tax asset (included in other assets) included the following amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

   

2013

   

2012

 

Deferred tax assets:

               

Provision for loan losses

  $ 2,331,357     $ 3,426,223  

State net operating loss and credit carryforward

    1,455,214       2,015,550  

Alternative minimum tax credit

    -       606,193  

Deferred compensation

    641,961       664,818  

Net deferred loan costs

    297,992       209,090  

Depreciation

    25,539       70,788  

Other real estate owned

    320,059       1,192,029  

Net unrealized depreciation on securities available for sale

    889,568       -  

Tax credits

    667,873       -  

Other

    291,891       339,769  
                 
Total deferred tax assets     6,921,454       8,524,460  
                 

Deferred tax liabilities:

               

State Tax

    (856,810 )     (1,148,713 )

Prepaid expenses

    (215,845 )     (200,945 )

Net unrealized appreciation on securities available for sale

    -       (1,880,433 )

Other

    (24,184 )     (24,506 )
Total deferred tax liabilities     (1,096,839 )     (3,254,597 )

Net deferred tax asset before asset valuation

    5,824,615       5,269,863  

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets

    -       -  
                 
Net deferred tax asset   $ 5,824,615     $ 5,269,863  

 

Realization of deferred tax assets associated with the net operating loss carry forwards is dependent upon generating sufficient taxable income prior to their expiration.

 

In evaluating the federal deferred tax asset, we have come to the conclusion that it is more likely than not going to be realized. The most important test when evaluating impairment is based on whether or not there is a cumulative net loss over the last three years. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we no longer had a cumulative net loss position over the last three years. At December 31, 2011, we recorded a valuation allowance of $375,330 for federal and state tax on a capital loss from an other-than-temporary impairment charge on the trust preferred security previously held at our investment subsidiary. This valuation allowance was reversed in the fourth quarter of 2012 as a result of the sale of the security.

 

We previously determined that the state deferred tax asset was more likely than not unrealizable and recorded a valuation allowance against it. This decision was made primarily due to owning a REIT which generated a substantial state net operating loss and we thought it was more likely than not that we would not be able to realize the benefit of the state net operating loss before it expires. In 2011, due to our improvement in earnings and the liquidation of our REIT, we reversed the valuation allowance on our state deferred tax asset for both the book to tax timing differences and the state net operating losses. As a result of three consecutive years of earnings and our expected future earnings, we continue to believe that it was more likely than not that we will be able to realize our state deferred tax asset. We have an Indiana net operating loss carry forward of approximately $17.9 million which will start to expire in 2022 if not used. We also have an Indiana credit carry forward of $404,000 which will begin to expire in 2016.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income taxes as well as income tax of the state of Indiana. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities before 2010. We had no unrecognized tax positions at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Management does not expect unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase in the next twelve months.

 

 
76

 

 

Note 12 – Equity Incentive Plans

 

Options to buy stock were previously granted to directors, officers and employees under the 1998 and 2001 Stock Option and Incentive Plans (the “Plans”), which together provided for issuance of up to 435,000 shares of common stock of Tower Financial Corporation. Options for all 435,000 shares were issued under the Plans, of which 29,910 and 49,685 remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Option awards were granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of our stock at the date of each grant, vesting over a four-year period, and issued with a ten-year contractual term. There was no compensation cost against income for options granted under the Plan in accordance with accounting standards for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

The fair value of each option award was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes valuation model using grant date assumptions. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from historical volatility of our stock and other factors. We used historical data to estimate option exercise and forfeiture rates within the valuation model for valuation purposes. The expected term of options granted was derived from the output of the option valuation model and represented the period of time that options granted were expected to be outstanding; the range given below resulted from certain groups of employees exhibiting different behavior. The risk-free rates for periods within the contractual life of the options are based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. No options have been granted since 2005.

 

A summary of the option activity under the Plans as of December 31, 2013 and changes during the twelve-month period then ended are presented below:

 

Options

 

Shares

   

Weighted-

Average

Aggregate

Exercise

Price

   

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

   

Instrinsic

Value

 
                                 

Outstanding at 1/1/13

    49,685     $ 14.49       1.72     $ -  
                                 

Granted

    -       -       -       -  
                                 

Exercised

    (10,025 )     13.83       -       -  
                                 

Forfeited or expired

    (9,750 )     13.35       -       -  
                                 

Outstanding at 12/31/13

    29,910       15.09       1.27       -  
                                 

Vested or expected to vest at 12/31/13

    29,910       15.09       1.27       -  
                                 

Exercisable at 12/31/13

    29,910       15.09       1.27       -  
                                 

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2013 was $59,597. There were no options exercised in 2012 and 2011.

 

No further options will be granted under either of these Plans, but the plans will remain in effect for purposes of administering already existing options previously granted and still outstanding under the Plans. As of December 31, 2013, there is no unrecognized compensation expense for the 1998 and 2001 Stock Options plan.

 

On April 19, 2006, at our annual meeting of stockholders, stockholders approved Tower Financial Corporation’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, under which 150,000 shares have been reserved for issuance as incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, performance awards, or stock appreciation rights. As of December 31, 2012, 20,500 shares have been granted in the form of restricted stock, of which 19,375 shares have vested and 625 shares have been forfeited. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for restricted shares awarded under the Plan was $2,125, $14,624, and $45,427 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Future expense related to this award will be $2,125 in 2014 and $1,417 in 2015. The total fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $3,875.

 

 
77

 

 

A summary of the restricted stock activity as of December 31, 2013 and changes during the twelve-month period then ended are presented below:

 

Restricted Stock

 

Shares

   

Weighted-

Average

Grant-Date

Fair Value

 
                 

Outstanding at 1/1/13

    750     $ 8.50  
                 

Granted

    -          
                 

Vested

    (250 )     8.50  
                 

Forfeited

    -       -  
                 

Outstanding at 12/31/13

    500       8.50  

 

Pursuant to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee put in place a long term equity incentive program which incorporates a mix of stock awards and cash awards to the participants. Refer to Note 14 for details on the program.

 

Note 13 - Related Persons Transactions

 

Certain directors and executive officers, including their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners, are loan customers of the Bank. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had $18.3 million and $16.8 million, respectively, in loan commitments to directors and executive officers, of which $16.4 million and $15.5 million, respectively, were funded at the respective year-ends, as reflected in the following table.

 

Loans to Directors and Executive Officers

               
   

2013

   

2012

 
                 

Beginning balance, January 1

  $ 15,523,565     $ 15,740,984  

New loans

    5,771,544       3,654,984  

Repayments

    (4,903,274 )     (3,246,888 )

Other changes

    -       (625,515 )
                 
Ending balance, December 31   $ 16,391,835     $ 15,523,565  

 

Other changes include adjustments for loans applicable to one reporting period that are excludable from the other reporting period, due to changes in related parties.

 

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at year-end 2013 and 2012 were $7.0 million and $5.9 million.

 

During 2013, 2012, and 2011, we engaged in transactions with entities controlled by certain directors or their affiliates. All transactions with “related persons” are reviewed and approved pursuant to Tower Financial Corporation’s Statement of Policy for the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Persons.

 

The Bank leases its headquarters facility from Tippmann Properties, Inc., agent for John V. Tippmann, Sr. Mr. Tippmann was a director of our Company until he resigned on August 24, 2012 and is currently our second largest stockholder. The original lease was a 10-year lease commencing on January 1, 1999. The headquarters facility consists of drive-up banking windows and approximately 49,365 square feet of usable office space. The lease was renegotiated in 2012 effective October 1, 2012 to increase the office spaced rented by our Company on the fifth floor by 108 square feet. The lease term for the fifth floor has not changed and expires in December 2013. There is also an option to renew for an additional ten years. We also have a right of first refusal to buy the entire building in the event the landlord wishes to sell the property. The total amount paid to Tippmann Properties for rent and maintenance was $710,542, $710,394, and $708,418 during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. In 2011, we also paid Tippmann Properties $21,655 for remodeling and repair costs we incurred in 2011. The lease is accounted for as an operating lease. Refer to Note 13 for a summary of future lease payment commitments under this and other leases.

 

 
78

 

 

The law firm of Barrett & McNagny LLP, of which Robert S. Walters is a partner, performs legal services for the Company. Mr. Walters is the spouse of Irene A. Walters, one of our directors. We paid $322,616, $127,138, and $120,401 in legal fees and related expenses to this law firm in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The increase in 2013 compared to prior years was a result of the pending merger transaction with Old National.

 

The relationship with Barrett & McNagny LLP was approved in advance by our Audit Committee and our full Board of Directors pursuant to our Statement of Policy for the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions With Related Persons.

 

Note 14 - Commitments and Off-balance-sheet Risk

 

Commitments to Extend Credit and Standby Letters of Credit: The Bank maintains off-balance-sheet investments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Loan commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized, if any, in the balance sheet. The Bank’s maximum exposure to loan loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the face amount of these instruments. Commitments to extend credit are recorded when they are funded and standby letters of credit are carried at fair value.

 

The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. Collateral, such as accounts receivable, securities, inventory, property and equipment, is generally obtained based on management’s credit assessment of the borrower.

 

Fair value of the Bank’s off-balance-sheet instruments (commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit) is based on rates currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, the rates on existing off-balance-sheet instruments were equivalent to current market rates, considering the underlying credit standing of the counterparties.

 

The Bank’s maximum exposure to credit losses for loan commitments and standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2012 was as follows:

 

   

2013

   

2012

 
                 

Commitments to extend credit - Variable Rate

  $ 102,764,681     $ 94,343,912  

Commitments to extend credit - Fixed Rate

    6,886,058       4,777,918  

Commitments to extend credit - Fixed Rate Residential Real Estate

    619,074       5,345,869  

Standby letters of credit

    4,538,600       7,896,814  
                 
Total   $ 114,808,413     $ 112,364,513  

 

Management does not anticipate any significant losses as a result of these commitments. Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of one year or less.

 

 
79

 

 

Lease and Other Contracted Commitments: We occupy our headquarters, offices and other facilities under long-term operating leases and, in addition, are party to long-term contracts for data processing and operating systems. The future minimum annual commitments under all operating leases as of December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

Year

 

Lease Commitments

 
         

2014

  $ 710,434  

2015

    710,434  

2016

    710,434  

2017

    710,434  

2018

    710,434  

2019

    -  
         
    $ 3,552,170  

 

The lease expense paid for operating leases for the facilities leased was $708,866, $711,106, and $752,676 for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. 

 

Employment Contracts: Under the terms of certain employment contracts, upon the occurrence of certain events resulting in the severance of certain senior officers’ employment, payments may be required to be made in excess of amounts that have been accrued.

 

Note 15 - Benefit Plans

 

Profit Sharing Plan: We maintain a profit sharing plan covering substantially all employees. Payments to be made under the plan, if at all, are determined by our Compensation Committee. Awards may be based on a formula approved by our Board of Directors, our results of operations, individual performance measures and/or may be discretionary. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, management had accrued a liability for this plan of approximately $1.8 million and $930,000, respectively, which is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The expense incurred during 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $1.8 million, $865,000, and $697,500, respectively.

 

Long-term Incentive Program: Pursuant to our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, the Compensation Committee put in place a long term equity incentive program which incorporates a mix of stock awards and cash awards to the participants. The Compensation Committee allocated a total of 35,000 shares of stock and $275,000 of cash awards to this program. There were 19 participants in this program including the entire senior management team and several other key personnel. The purpose behind this program was to integrate equity compensation into the total compensation packages of key officers with attainable yet long term fixed time horizons which in turn would incentivize continued earnings growth.

 

The program equity and cash awards are made based on a two-step process. The steps are as follows:

 

 

Step 1 Shares/Cash – Trust Co. Participants: Earned when the Trust Company has reached $875,000 of net income for the reporting year. Must be attained by December 31, 2012.

 

 

Step 1 Shares/Cash – Bank Participants: Earned when Tower Financial Corporation has reached $4.0 million of net income for the reporting year. Must be attained by December 31, 2012.

 

 

Step 2 Shares/Cash – All Participants: Earned when Tower Financial Corporation has reached $5.0 million of net income for the reporting year. Must be attained by December 31, 2013.

 

As of December 31, 2011, Steps 1 and 2 requirements for the Bank participants and Step 2 requirements for the Trust Company participants were met. Pursuant to the plan, a total of 23,858 shares of TOFC stock were deemed earned as of December 31, 2011, along with $171,675 of cash awards. The potential awards associated with Step 1 for the Trust Company participants are no longer attainable, as the Trust Company did not achieve the targets specified in Step 1 by the end of fiscal year 2012. There were 3,002 stock awards and $23,850 of cash awards associated with Step 1 of the Trust Company participant plan, which will not be utilized now that the time frame to achieve Step 1 has expired. The remaining unallocated awards, 8,140 shares of stock and $79,475 of cash, will not be utilized now that both Step 1 and Step 2 for the Bank participants and Step 2 for the Trust Company participants have been achieved. Per the terms of the Plan, the awards could not be paid out until we were released from our formal Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve, which occurred July 10, 2012. As a result, the compensation cost was charged against income to accrue for the granting of these unrestricted shares and cash payments creating an accrual in the amount of $369,935 at December 31, 2011. Due to an increase in the price per share of the Company’s stock from December 31, 2011 to June 30, 2012, an additional compensation cost of $54,635 was charged against income in the first six months of 2012 to bring the total accrual to $424,570. During the third quarter of 2012, cash awards in the amount of $171,675 and 23,858 shares of stock with a fair value of $244,548 associated with Step 1 and 2 for Bank Participants and Step 2 for Trust Company Participants were awarded. The Trust company did not reach the target for Step 1 by the December 31, 2012 deadline. That portion of the plan was terminated by the Compensation Committee during the first quarter of 2013.

 

 
80

 

 

In February 2013, the Board of Directors approved a new Long-term Incentive Plan. The plan is as follows:

 

Original Participants : Mike Cahill, Gary Shearer, Rick Sawyer, Wendell Bontrager, Tina Farrington, and Jim Underwood. Additional participants may be added with Compensation Committee approval.

 

Gross Potential Bonus : $390,000 ($65,000/each)

 

Timeline : The plan will run through December 31, 2018. In computing the 3 year rolling average, calendar 2012 will be included (prior LTI funded based on year end 2011, thus the new LTI starts as of end of old LTI plan being paid out). Thus, the first calculable year will be 2014 (2012 through 2014), and there will be 5 years to attain this benefit (2014 through 2018).

 

Payout Ratios : The payouts will be based on the attainment of certain levels of ROAA for a three year rolling average. The payout at various levels is as follows:

 

 

Greater than or equal to 1.0% is paid at 100%

 

Over .85% and under 1.0% is paid at 65%

 

Over .75% and up to and equal to .85% is paid at 30%

 

Other Parameters : In addition to the above payout ratios and amounts, the following other parameters must be met:

 

 

No formal regulatory order is in place during any year of the 3 year rolling average (2012 will not be considered a year that a formal regulatory order was in place;.any subsequent regulatory orders will be considered)

 

Bank assets must be greater than $700 million (on average during the 3 year period)

 

The Company must be at a CAMELS 2 rating or better (TOFC)

 

Each participant must have a composite “3’ rating or better on their annual reviews during the entire 3 year rolling average

 

Timing of Earn Outs : The plan runs through the financial results for calendar 2018 or until 100% of the gross potential bonus is earned, whichever comes first. It is possible that the partial payouts (30% or 65%) can be earned along the way. Once an amount is earned it is paid out, but the plan continues until the end of 2018 or the 100% payout level is achieved. For example, if as of the end of 2014, the ROA for the three year rolling period is .80%, then 30% of the gross potential bonus is earned (assuming other parameters are met) and will be paid out. The plan continues on, however. If at the end of 2017, the three year rolling average ROA is .87%, then an additional 35% (total of 65%) is earned and paid out. If at the end of 2018 the 1.0% ROA threshold is not attained, the plan ends with the additional 35% of gross potential bonus forfeited. Payments will be made no later than March 15 th after the end of a calendar year in which an amount is earned.

 

A participant shall not be entitled to a payment under this Plan if the participant is not employed by Tower Financial Corporation (or one of its related companies) on the date a payment is made hereunder.

 

Recapture : There is no recapture provision to amounts earned unless there is an accounting error or mistake found that leads to the restatement of the financials which results in a calculation adjustment that would show a lower level of earn out.

 

 
81

 

 

Change of Control : If there is a change of control during the plan period prior to January 1, 2016, the participants are due 50% of the gross potential bonus less any amounts already earned under this plan. A change of control is defined as follows:

 

 

(a)

The direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act);

     
  (b)   

The Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;

     
  (c) 

The adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

     
  (d) Any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (the “Company Voting Securities”); or
     
  (e) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (1) 50% or more of the total voting power of (i) the Surviving Corporation, or (ii) if applicable, the ultimate Parent Corporation that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of 100% of the voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Surviving Corporation, is represented by Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which such Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of such Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (2) no person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Corporation or the Parent Corporation), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the Parent Corporation (or, if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Parent Corporation (or if there is no Parent Corporation, the Surviving Corporation) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Incumbent Directors at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination (any Business Combination which satisfies all of the criteria specified in (1), (2) and (3) above shall be deemed to be a “Non-Qualifying Transaction”).

 

No expense was recorded in relation to this new plan during 2013.

 

401(k) Plan: We established a 401(k) plan effective March 1, 1999 covering substantially all of our employees. The plan allows employees to contribute up to 15% of their compensation. We may match a portion of the employees’ contributions and provide investment choices for employees, including investment in our common stock. Matching contributions are vested equally over a six-year period. Matching contributions to the 401(k) plan are determined annually by management and approved by our Compensation Committee. For the period of July 1, 2011 through September 30, 2012, the Compensation Committee approved a match of 25% on the first 6%. On October 1, 2012 the contribution matching was increased to 50% of the first 6%, where it remained through December 31, 2013. The total contribution made during 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $184,598, $139,657, and $88,986, respectively.

 

Deferred Compensation Plan: Effective January 1, 2002, a deferred compensation plan covers certain officers. Under the plan, we pay each participant, or their beneficiary, the amount of compensation deferred by the employee or contributed by the employer on a discretionary basis, plus interest, beginning with the individual’s termination of service. Employer discretionary contributions vest over four years. Payments are to be made either immediately or over a five-year period, depending upon the amount to be paid. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company amended the existing deferred compensation plan to convert it to a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. Nonqualified deferred compensation plans are unfunded contractual obligations to plan participants. The Company chose to set aside assets to informally finance the future liability to participants in the plan, which are now held in a corporate account with Principal Financial Group. The decision to move to this type of plan allows the participants to contribute more funds than the previous plan allowed, and gives them the opportunity to manage and control investment decisions for their own funds. The Company attempts to mirror investment performance in the participant deemed accounts, which allows for reduced risk for the Company since changes in the nonqualified participant liabilities will tend to be offset by similar changes in the corporate assets. The corporate assets used to informally finance and mirror the unfunded obligations are classified in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. A liability is accrued for the contractual obligation under this plan and is reported in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The expense (income) incurred for the deferred compensation plan in 2013, 2012, and 2011 was ($497), $1,130, and $2,535, respectively, resulting in a deferred compensation liability of $253,509 and $131,362 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and a corporate asset of $252,876 and $130,232 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

 
82

 

 

Deferred Directors' Fees Plan: Effective January 1, 2002, the deferred directors' fee plan covers all non-employee directors for a period of 10 years. Under the plan, each participant, or their beneficiary, would receive the amount of directors' fees deferred plus interest, beginning with the director’s termination of service or the expiration of the plan, whichever comes first. For the period ending December 31, 2011, a liability was accrued for the obligation under this plan and was reported in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. In 2012, the Company elected to eliminate the option to allow directors to defer their fees; therefore, the existing deferred fees plus interest were paid to their participant or beneficiary in the first quarter of 2012. The expense incurred for the deferred directors' fee plan for 2011 was $33,594. Due to the termination of this plan, there were no expenses in 2013 and 2012 related to the Plan, as well as no deferred compensation liability for the year ending December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Director Stock Compensation Program:

The Company’s 2012 board compensation consists of two components. 70% of their compensation is paid in cash, while the remaining 30% is paid in the form of Deferred Stock Units. The Deferred Stock Units entitle each participant to receive one share of our common stock for each Deferred Stock Unit issued, provided they are a director until the date of the next annual meeting, which is typically in May each year. The participant may elect to defer payment of the Deferred Stock Unit until one year after the date of grant, three years after the date of the grant, or one year after the end of the participant’s service with the Company. The expense associated with the Deferred Stock Units is amortized over the vesting period, which is one year from the date of the grant for this issuance. As of December 31, 2013, 10,515 shares have been granted, of which 5,341 have vested, 5,133 have not vested and are expected to vest, and 41 units were issued in the form of dividend equivalent units. Of the 5,341 shares that have vested, participants have chosen to defer payment of 1,785 units. During the year ending December 31, 2013, dividends totaling $0.41 per common share were paid, which resulted in the issuance of 41 dividend equivalent units on the deferred units. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Deferred Stock Units awarded under the Plan was $62,538 and $32,638 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. No compensation cost was charged against income prior to 2012. Future expense related to this award will be $28,875 in 2014.

 

Supplemental Employment Retirement Plan: Effective January 1, 2002, we adopted a supplemental employee retirement plan that covers one officer. In January 2005 the plan was amended to set the benefit at 65% of the officer’s highest annual salary. On January 1, 2006, the retirement benefit plan was further amended to set a fixed amount of up to a maximum $185,250 annually, depending on the officer’s age at retirement. On December 31, 2009, the officer retired, which was eighteen months earlier than originally planned. Based on the employee’s age at his early retirement, the new annual retirement benefit to be paid until the officer’s death will be $156,750 and was effective January 1, 2010. As a result of this early retirement, it was necessary to record the present value of the full amount of the obligation as of December 31, 2009. The plan started disbursing funds to the former employee in July of 2010 as stated in the plan. On November 1, 2012, the Company initiated a process to terminate its Revised and Restated Tower Financial Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, or SERP, effective September 30, 2012, which at the time reflected an accrued benefit of $1.5 million.

 

Under the terms of the SERP, the Company is entitled at any time to terminate the SERP, by its election to do so and by payment of the remaining benefit to the officer, in cash, in the form of a single lump sum, subject to the delayed payment rules prescribed by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company's Board of Directors has determined that it is in the Company's best interest to terminate the SERP and has provided the officer with the appropriate notice to initiate that process.

 

Under the Section 409A delayed payment rules, the lump sum payment cannot be paid out in less than 12 months before or, in the exercise of the Company's discretion, more than 24 months after the anniversary date of the SERP's termination. In the meantime, and until the payout date, the Company will continue to pay the officer their annual retirement benefits of $13,063 per month. The cumulative amount of these remaining monthly benefits, until final payout, will be treated as an offset and credit against the ultimate lump sum payment due to the officer.

 

Following the final lump sum payment to the officer, the Company will have no further obligation or liability, to the officer or otherwise, under the terms of the SERP. In addition, the Company will no longer be required to accrue additional annual expenses, going forward, based upon the officer’s life expectancy. As a result of the SERP termination, these additional prospective annual expenses will cease.

 

 
83

 

 

The obligation under the plan was approximately $1.3 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. The expense attributable to the plan is included in salaries and other employee benefits and was $0 in 2013, $40,273 in 2012, and $163,413 in 2011.

 

Note 16 - Capital Requirements and Restrictions on Retained Earnings

 

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.

 

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If only adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required.

 

In January of 2007, our Board of Directors passed a resolution, at the request of our regulators, requiring Tower Bank to maintain a minimum tier one leverage ratio of 8.0%. This is 3.0% above the well-capitalized and 4.0% above the minimum capital adequacy ratios set by the Federal Reserve Bank. The resolution was passed due to the rapid growth of the Bank at that time, as the elevated minimum ratio would provide additional capital for the bank to deploy as deemed fit. In January of 2010, our Board of Directors passed a resolution requiring the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 11.0% and the Company to maintain a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 7.0% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.5% each to be measured at the end of each quarter. Both of these ratios are well above the minimum capital adequacy ratios set by the Federal Reserve Bank to be considered “well-capitalized” at 5.0% and 10.0% for the Tier 1 leverage capital ratio and the total risk-based capital ratio, respectively. At December 31, 2013, the Bank’s Tier 1 leverage ratio was 11.20% and the total risk-based capital ratio was 15.97%.

 

As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the Federal Reserve and the IDFI categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based, and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the following table.

 

Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented in the schedule below as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

   

2013

 

Total

Risk-Based

Capital

   

Tier 1

Risk-Based

Capital

   

Tier 1

Leverage

Capital

 
                         

Minimum capital adequacy ratio

    8.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %

Percent to be well capitalized

    10.00 %     6.00 %     5.00 %

Actual % - December 31, 2013

                       
Company     16.40 %     15.32 %     11.47 %
Bank     15.97 %     14.88 %     11.20 %

At December 31, 2013:

                       

Required capital for minimum capital adequacy

                       
Company   $ 42,082,049     $ 21,041,025     $ 28,052,302  
Bank     42,016,907       21,008,453       27,913,406  

Required capital to be well capitalized

                       
Company     52,602,562       31,561,537       35,065,377  
Bank     52,521,134       31,512,680       34,891,758  

Actual capital

                       
Company     86,154,001       80,439,061       80,439,061  
Bank     83,885,579       78,170,459       78,170,459  

 

 
84

 

 

2012

 

Total

Risk-Based

Capital

   

Tier 1

Risk-Based

Capital

   

Tier 1

Leverage

Capital

 
                         

Minimum capital adequacy ratio

    8.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %

Percent to be well capitalized

    10.00 %     6.00 %     5.00 %

Actual % - December 31, 2012

                       
Company     15.90 %     14.65 %     11.18 %
Bank     15.35 %     14.10 %     10.80 %

At December 31, 2012:

                       

Required capital for minimum capital adequacy

                       
Company   $ 41,332,764     $ 20,666,382     $ 27,077,311  
Bank     41,293,430       20,646,715       26,953,607  

Required capital to be well capitalized

                       
Company     51,665,955       30,999,573       33,846,638  
Bank     51,616,788       30,970,073       33,692,009  

Actual capital

                       
Company     82,150,833       75,669,992       75,669,992  
Bank     79,254,478       72,779,706       72,779,706  

 

 

Note 17 – Earnings Per Share

 

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011. There were no anti-dilutive options outstanding at December 31, 2013. Options for 49,685, and 59,654, shares of common stock were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the years 2012 and 2011, respectively, because they were not dilutive. The Company also had preferred stock which could be converted at the option of the holders into 128,738 shares of common stock at December 31, 2010. All preferred stock has been converted to common stock as of December 31, 2012.

   

   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Basic

                       

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 8,111,039     $ 5,744,166     $ 6,619,536  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    4,677,897       4,859,155       4,824,514  

Basic earnings per common share

  $ 1.73     $ 1.18     $ 1.37  
                         

Diluted

                       

Net income available to common shareholders

  $ 8,111,039     $ 5,744,166     $ 6,619,536  

Weighted average common shares outstanding

    4,677,897       4,859,155       4,824,514  

Add: dilutive effect of stock option exercises

    4,993       -       -  

Add: dilutive effect of assumed preferred stock conversion

    -       -       28,501  

Weighted average common shares and dilutive potential common shares outstanding and preferred stock conversion

    4,682,890       4,859,155       4,853,015  

Diluted earnings per common share

  $ 1.73     $ 1.18     $ 1.36  

 

 
85

 

 

Note 18 - Parent Company-Only Condensed Financial Statements

 

Following are condensed parent company financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:

 

 

Condensed Balance Sheets  
   

2013

   

2012

 

Assets

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 220,329     $ 1,211,973  

Trading securities, at fair value

    252,876       -  

Securities available-for-sale

    920,000       964,333  

Accrued interest receivable

    6,247       6,333  

Investment in Tower Bank

    77,957,848       77,773,737  

Investment in the Tower Capital Trust 2

    248,000       248,000  

Investment in the Tower Capital Trust 3

    279,000       279,000  

Other assets

    2,492,964       2,423,812  
                 
Total assets   $ 82,377,264     $ 82,907,188  
                 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

               

Accued interest payable

  $ 15,402     $ 15,964  

Other liabilities

    263,509       141,362  

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP)

    1,320,201       1,476,951  

Junior subordinated debt

    17,527,000       17,527,000  

Stockholders' equity

    63,251,152       63,745,911  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 82,377,264     $ 82,907,188  

 

 

Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income  
   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Income

                       
Interest income   $ 50,000     $ 4,167     $ -  
Investment income     64,090       20,974       23,003  
Dividends from subsidiaries     3,432,032       5,735,111       -  
Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities     114,111       -       -  
Total income     3,660,233       5,760,252       23,003  

Expense

                       
Interest expense     319,963       451,265       816,852  
Employment expenses     266,637       256,559       364,715  
Professional fees     809,407       307,056       274,768  
Other expense     80,008       78,978       93,119  
Total expense     1,476,015       1,093,858       1,549,454  

Income (loss) before income taxes benefit and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

    2,184,218       4,666,394       (1,526,451 )

Income tax benefit

    (392,720 )     (246,563 )     (1,051,660 )

Equity in undistributed net income of Tower Bank and Tower Trust

    5,534,101       831,209       7,094,327  

Net income

  $ 8,111,039     $ 5,744,166     $ 6,619,536  

Comprehensive income

  $ 2,733,978     $ 6,025,881     $ 8,922,893  

 

 
86

 

 

 

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows  
   

2013

   

2012

   

2011

 

Cash flows from operating activities

                       
Net income   $ 8,111,039     $ 5,744,166     $ 6,619,536  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:                        
Equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries     (5,534,101 )     (831,209 )     (7,094,327 )
Net gains on trading securities     (26,538 )     -       -  
Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities     (114,111 )     -       -  
Change in accrued interest receivable     86       (6,247 )     -  
Change in accrued interest payable     (562 )     (2,010,568 )     816,852  
Change in other assets     (185,439 )     (187,929 )     (1,065,273 )
Change in other liabilities     30,740       89,497       46,703  
Net cash from (used in) operating activities     2,281,114       2,797,710       (676,509 )
                         

Cash flows from investing activities

                       
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities     117,427       -       -  
Purchase of available-for-sale securities     -       (902,900 )     -  
Purchase of trading securities     (96,106 )     -       -  
Net cash from (used in) investing activities     21,321       (902,900 )     -  
                         

Cash flows from financing activities

                       
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and tax benefit     138,633       -       -  
Purchase of common stock     (862,222 )     (1,735,110 )     -  
Cash dividends paid on common stock     (2,570,490 )     (2,933,743 )     -  
Net cash used in financing activities     (3,294,079 )     (4,668,853 )     -  
                         

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    (991,644 )     (2,774,043 )     (676,509 )
      -       -          

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    1,211,973       3,986,016       4,662,525  
      -       -          

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 220,329     $ 1,211,973     $ 3,986,016  
                         

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

                       

Non-cash Items:

                       
Transfer of securities from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale   $ -     $ -     $ -  
Transfer of trading securities from other assets     130,232       -       -  

 

 
87

 

 

Note 19 – Business Segments

 

Management separates Tower Financial Corporation into three distinct businesses for reporting purposes. The three segments are Banking, Wealth Management, and Corporate and Intercompany. The segments are evaluated separately on their individual performance, as well as their contribution as a whole.

 

The majority of assets and income result from the Banking segment. The Bank is a full-service commercial bank with six Allen County locations and one Warsaw location. The Wealth Management segment is made up of Tower Trust Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Bank. The Trust Company provides estate planning, investment management, and retirement planning, as well as investment brokerage services. The Corporate and Intercompany segment includes the holding company and subordinated debentures. We incur general corporate expenses, as well as interest expense on the subordinated debentures.

 

   

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2013

 
                                         
   

Bank

   

Wealth

Management

   

Corporate &

Intercompany

   

Eliminations

   

Total

 

Income Statement Information

                                       

Net interest income (expense)

  $ 20,884,797     $ 61,190     $ (269,963 )   $ -     $ 20,676,024  
                                         

Non-interest income

    6,515,394       4,480,126       9,144,334       (9,877,587 )     10,262,267  
                                         

Non-interest expense

    17,280,797       3,043,524       1,156,052       -       21,480,373  
                                         

Noncash items

                                       

Provision for loan losses

    (1,975,000 )     -       -       -       (1,975,000 )

Depreciation/Amortization

    3,724,013       100,988       -       -       3,825,001  
                                         

Income tax expense (benefit)

    3,128,261       586,338       (392,720 )     -       3,321,879  
                                         

Segment Profit/(Loss)

    8,966,133       911,454       8,111,039       (9,877,587 )     8,111,039  
                                         

Balance Sheet Information

                                       

Segment Assets

    691,762,281       7,889,920       85,228,024       (94,326,749 )     690,553,476  

 

 

   

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2012

 
                                         
   

Bank

   

Wealth

Management

   

Corporate &

Intercompany

   

Eliminations

   

Total

 

Income Statement Information

                                       

Net interest income (expense)

  $ 22,597,919     $ 53,383     $ (447,098 )   $ -     $ 22,204,204  
                                         

Non-interest income

    4,663,817       3,829,124       6,587,293       (6,566,320 )     8,513,914  
                                         

Non-interest expense

    17,461,493       2,764,428       642,592       -       20,868,513  
                                         

Noncash items

                                       

Provision for loan losses

    2,493,000       -       -       -       2,493,000  

Depreciation/Amortization

    2,050,149       83,438       -       -       2,133,587  
                                         

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1,592,193       266,809       (246,563 )     -       1,612,439  
                                         

Segment Profit/(Loss)

    5,715,050       851,270       5,744,166       (6,566,320 )     5,744,166  
                                         

Balance Sheet Information

                                       

Segment Assets

    685,871,883       7,754,091       85,757,948       (95,410,841 )     683,973,081  

 

 
88

 

 

   

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2011

 
                                         
   

Bank

   

Wealth

Management

   

Corporate &

Intercompany

   

Eliminations

   

Total

 

Income Statement Information

                                       

Net interest income (expense)

  $ 23,521,464     $ 50,182     $ (816,852 )   $ -     $ 22,754,794  
                                         

Non-interest income

    4,504,688       3,623,460       7,117,330       (7,094,327 )     8,151,151  
                                         

Non-interest expense

    18,207,238       2,678,600       732,602       -       21,618,440  
                                         

Noncash items

                                       

Provision for loan losses

    4,220,000       -       -       -       4,220,000  

Depreciation/Amortization

    1,792,422       50,521       -       -       1,842,943  
                                         

Income tax expense (benefit)

    (1,144,718 )     644,347       (1,051,660 )     -       (1,552,031 )
                                         

Segment Profit/(Loss)

    6,743,632       350,695       6,619,536       (7,094,327 )     6,619,536  
                                         

Balance Sheet Information

                                       

Segment Assets

    704,125,313       7,003,980       86,321,990       (96,770,027 )     700,681,256  

 

Note 20 - Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

2013

 

Interest

Income

   

Net Interest

Income

   

Net

Income

   

Earnings per share

Basic

   

Diluted

 

First quarter

  $ 5,804,771     $ 5,085,530     $ 2,000,468     $ 0.43     $ 0.43  

Second quarter

    5,931,793       5,204,810       1,598,532       0.34       0.34  

Third quarter

    5,825,234       5,147,464       2,084,092       0.45       0.45  

Fourth quarter

    5,913,282       5,238,220       2,427,947       0.52       0.52  

Total

  $ 23,475,080     $ 20,676,024     $ 8,111,039                  
                                         

2012

                                       

First quarter

  $ 6,650,954     $ 5,412,175     $ 1,087,980     $ 0.22     $ 0.22  

Second quarter

    6,622,642       5,705,895       1,364,734       0.28       0.28  

Third quarter

    6,459,961       5,614,604       1,562,636       0.32       0.32  

Fourth quarter

    6,240,658       5,471,530       1,728,816       0.36       0.36  

Total

  $ 25,974,215     $ 22,204,204     $ 5,744,166                  

 

Note: Earnings per share data may not agree to annual amounts due to rounding.

 

 

Note 21 – Acquisition

 

In a press release dated September 10, 2013, Old National Bancorp announced its intent to acquire the Company in a cash and stock transaction. Under the terms of the merger agreement, which was approved by the boards of both companies, Company shareholders will receive $6.75 in cash and 1.20 shares of Old National Bancorp common stock for each share of Company common stock held by them. As provided in the merger agreement, consummation of the Merger is subject to various conditions, including (i) receipt of the requisite approval by Tower’s shareholders, (ii) receipt of regulatory approvals, (iii) absence of any law or order prohibiting the closing, (iv) effectiveness of the registration statement to be filed by Old National with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) with respect to the shares of Old National’s common stock to be issued to Tower’s shareholders in connection with the Merger, (v) Tower’s Delinquent Loans (as defined in the Merger Agreement) must not exceed $24.0 million as of the tenth day prior to the effective time of the Merger, and (vi) the Tower Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity as of the end of the last day of the month prior to the effective time of the Merger, after certain adjustments prescribed by the Merger Agreement have been made, must not be less than $57,117,844. In addition, each party’s obligation to consummate the Merger is subject to certain other conditions, including the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the other party and compliance of the other party with its covenants in all material respects. The transaction is expected to close in the first quarter of 2014, subject to approval by federal and state regulatory authorities and the Company's shareholders and the satisfaction of the closing conditions provided in the merger agreement. As of December 31, 2013, Tower was in compliance with the closing conditions set forth in the merger agreement.

 

 
89

 

 

The Merger Agreement also contains representations and warranties that the parties have made to each other as of specific dates. The Merger Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to an exhibit filed publicly in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2013. Shareholders should read the Merger Agreement together with the other information concerning Old National and Tower that each company publicly files in reports and statements with the SEC.

 

 
90

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders

Tower Financial Corporation

Fort Wayne, Indiana

 

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tower Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years then ended. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing auditing procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Tower Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ BKD, LLP

 

BKD, LLP

 

Fort Wayne, Indiana

March 31, 2014

 

 
91

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Tower Financial Corporation

Fort Wayne, Indiana

 

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows of Tower Financial Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Tower Financial Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2011 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

 

South Bend, Indiana                                       

March 19, 2012

 

 
92

 

 

ITEM 9.         CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

NONE.

 

 

ITEM 9A.       CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

 

(a)

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files and submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2013, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is composed solely of independent directors, meets regularly with our independent registered public accounting firm, BKD, LLP, and representatives of management to review accounting, financial reporting, internal control and audit matters, as well as the nature and extent of the audit effort. The Audit Committee is responsible for the engagement of the independent auditors. The independent auditors have free access to the Audit Committee.

 

 

(b)

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

The report of management required under this Item 9A can be found below on page 94 of this Form 10-K under the heading "Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting."

 

 
93

 

 

March 31, 2014

 

 

Board of Directors

Tower Financial Corporation

116 East Berry Street

Fort Wayne, IN 46802

 

MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

 

Management of Tower Financial Corporation (the “Company”) is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The Company’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and, as such, include some amounts that are based on the best estimates and judgments of management.

 

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. This internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to management and the Board of Directors regarding the reliability of the Company’s financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, as well as to safeguard assets from unauthorized use or disposition. The system of internal control over financial reporting is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audit with actions taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Because of inherent limitations in any internal control system, no matter how well designed, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected, including the possibility of the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control system can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based upon criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

 

Based on this assessment and on the forgoing criteria, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

 

     
   

/s/  Michael D. Cahill

  

/s/  Richard R. Sawyer

Michael D. Cahill

  

Richard R. Sawyer

President and Principal Executive Officer

  

Vice President and Principal Financial Officer

 

 

(c) Changes to Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 
94

 

 

ITEM 9B.       OTHER INFORMATION.

 

NONE.

PART III

 

ITEM 10.       DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

 

Governance of the Company

 

Corporate Governance Policy

 

Our business affairs are managed under the direction of our Board of Directors in accordance with the Indiana Business Corporation Law and our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. The role of our Board of Directors is to effectively govern the affairs of our Company for the benefit of our shareholders. Our Board of Directors strives to ensure the success and continuity of our Company and its mission through the election and appointment of qualified management. It is also responsible for ensuring that Tower Financial Corporation’s activities are conducted in a responsible and ethical manner. We are committed to maintaining sound corporate governance principles.

 

We operate under corporate governance principles and practices that are reflected in written Corporate Governance Guidelines and in a written Charter for our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, both of which are available on our website at www.towerbank.net. These include the following principles:

 

 

A majority of our directors and all of the members of our Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees are required to meet the independence requirements of the Marketplace Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market.

 

 

Our Board of Directors and each of its committees has the authority to engage independent legal, financial or other advisors as they deem necessary, at our expense.

 

 

Non-employee directors meet in executive session at least once per year.

 

 

Our Board of Directors and committees conduct an annual self-evaluation.

 

 

Our Board of Directors reviews succession planning at least annually.

 

 

Our directors have free access to our officers and employees.

 

 

Our independent directors utilize input from the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Audit Committee, and the Compensation Committee to conduct an annual review of our Chief Executive Officer’s (“CEO”) performance.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee  

 

During 2013, the members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (“Governance Committee”) were Kathryn D. Callen, Robert N. Taylor, and Irene A. Walters, who serves as the Chair of this committee. Each of the members is “independent,” as such term is defined by the Marketplace Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The Governance Committee is responsible for:

 

 

making recommendations concerning the organization, size and composition of our Board of Directors and its three standing committees;

 

 

identifying individuals qualified to become or to continue to serve as members and committee members, consistent with criteria approved by the Board of Directors and reflected in the Governance Committee’s Charter;

 

 

recommending the persons to be nominated by the Board of Directors for election as directors at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders or for appointment to fill vacancies;

 

 
95

 

 

 

recommending appointments to and the Chairs of the three standing committees;

 

 

developing and recommending to the Board of Directors a set of corporate governance principles and overseeing the evaluation of the Board of Directors and its members.

 

 

The Governance Committee is also responsible for oversight of the Board of Directors annual review of succession planning with respect to senior executives.

 

 

The Governance Committee also drafts, administers and oversees a Code of Conduct for the Company’s directors and senior officers, as well as our Company’s Code of Ethics.

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Governance Committee, which is available on our website at www.towerbank.net and is periodically reviewed by the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee identifies potential nominees for membership on the Board of Directors, taking into account such factors, as education, areas of expertise or specific skills, general business acumen, the nominee’s ability to represent shareholders without a conflict of interest, the nominee’s ability to work in and promote a productive environment, an established record of personal achievement and independent thought, and geographic, occupational, gender, race and age diversity. All such nominees and all incumbent nominees are then evaluated on the basis of these criteria, as well as their willingness to devote sufficient time to carrying out his or her duties and responsibilities to the Board of Directors and its committees. Generally, the members of the Governance Committee will first consider current members for re-nomination, to the extent that these individuals, through prior performance, have demonstrated that they meet the applicable criteria and have developed a valuable in-depth knowledge of the Company, its history, its strengths and weaknesses, and its goals and objectives.

 

The Governance Committee held four meetings during 2013, Mrs. Walters and Mrs. Callen were in attendance for all four meetings, while Mr. Taylor was in attendance for one meeting and absent for three meetings.

 

The Governance Committee encourages diversity in reviewing and recommending nominees for Director positions.  To accomplish this goal, the Governance Committee reviews background information on each proposed nominee, as well as the proposed nominee's accomplishments, experience, skills, business acumen and financial literacy.  The Governance Committee additionally considers integrity, independence from management, informed judgment and practical wisdom, collegiality, a commitment to represent the long term interests of our company and its shareholders without a conflict of interest, a willingness to devote the necessary time and attention to our company's business and the needs of the Board, and the nominee's ability to work in and help maintain a productive environment. Generally, the members of the Governance Committee first consider current Board members for re-nomination to the extent they have determined that these persons, through their prior performance, have demonstrated that they meet the applicable criteria and have developed a valuable in-depth knowledge of the Company, its history, its strengths and weaknesses, and its goals and objectives. In the case of a proposed nominee recommended by a shareholder, the Governance Committee may take into account the number of shares held by the recommending shareholder and the length of time that such shares have been held.

 

In addition to its Governance Committee, we have two other standing committees, an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. Each of these committees has a charter that has been approved by our Board of Directors. Each committee must review the appropriateness of its charter and perform a self-evaluation at least annually.

 

The Company’s Board and Leadership Structure

 

The Board has chosen to separate the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.  Keith Busse was elected to serve as Chairman at the December 17, 2009 meeting of the Board of Directors.  Michael Cahill was appointed as our Chief Executive Officer on July 24, 2008.  The decision to separate the positions of Chairman and CEO rests on the belief that it is the CEO’s responsibility to lead the Company and the chairman’s responsibility to lead the Board.  Mr. Busse and Mr. Cahill have a strong working relationship that has allowed each to focus on his respective responsibilities and complement each other’s work.  We understand that different Board and Company leadership structures may be appropriate in different circumstances, although we believe that our current leadership structure is the optimal one for our company at this time.

 

 
96

 

 

Audit Committee

 

The members of our Audit Committee are Keith E. Busse, Kathryn D. Callen, Jerome F. Henry, Jr., and William G. Niezer, who is the chairman of the Audit committee. Our Board of Directors and our Audit Committee believe that each current member is “financially literate,” in that each of them has financial management expertise as required by law. Our Board of Directors and our Audit Committee, have designated Keith E. Busse as the “audit committee financial expert.” All Audit Committee members are “independent” as that term is defined by NASDAQ Stock Market rules and Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. None of the members of the Audit Committee serves on the Audit Committees of more than two other public companies.

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is responsible for providing independent, objective oversight regarding the integrity of Tower Financial Corporation’s financial and accounting functions and systems of internal controls. Management has the primary responsibility for our accounting and financial reporting processes, the establishment and effectiveness of internal controls and the preparation and integrity of our consolidated financial statements. BKD, LLP (”BKD”), our independent auditor, is responsible for performing an independent audit of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, as well as issuing opinions on whether those financial statements are presented fairly in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The Audit Committee oversees our financial reporting process on behalf of the Board, reviews our financial disclosures, and meets privately, outside the presence of management, with our independent auditors to discuss our internal accounting control policies and procedures.

 

In fulfilling its oversight responsibilities, the Audit Committee reviewed and discussed with management and with BKD, the audited financial statements and recommended to the Board of Directors (and the Board of Directors approved) the inclusion of the audited consolidated financial statements in our 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K, for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as the quarterly financial statements included in the Company’s Forms 10-Q during 2012, including the specific disclosures in the section entitled “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” These discussions also addressed the quality, not just the acceptability, of the accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments, and the clarity of disclosures in the financial statements.

 

The Audit Committee has discussed with the Company’s independent auditors, BKD, the matters required to be discussed by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 61, as amended (AICPA, Professional Standards, Vol. 1 AU Section 380), as adopted by the Public Accounting Oversight Board in Rule 3200T, the Auditing Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. The Audit Committee has also received and reviewed the written disclosures and the letter from Crowe required by applicable requirements of the Public Accounting Oversight Board regarding BKD communications with the Audit Committee concerning independence, and has discussed with BKD their independence.

 

The Audit Committee has also considered whether the provision of services by BKD not related to the audit of the financial statements referred to above, is compatible with maintaining BKD’s independence.

 

The Audit Committee also selects and appoints our independent auditors, reviews the performance of the independent auditors in the annual audit and in assignments unrelated to the audit, and reviews and approves the independent auditors’ fees. During the third quarter of 2011, at the direction of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, management of Tower Financial Corporation (“Company”) conducted a review of several independent registered public accounting firms regarding the audit of the Company’s financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2012. On December 6, 2011, based upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee and management, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized management to replace the Company’s current outside auditors, Crowe Horwath, LLP (“Crowe”), with BKD beginning with the audit of the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. The Audit Committee approved the selection and engaged the services of BKD as our independent auditors for the Company’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2013.

 

The Audit Committee met five times during 2013. Mrs. Callen and Mr. Henry were in attendance for all the meetings, Mr. Busse was in attendance for four (80%) of the meetings, and Mr. Neizer was in attendance for three (67%) of the meetings. The responsibilities of our Audit Committee and its activities during 2013 are described in the Report of the Audit Committee set forth beginning at page 46 of this Proxy Statement.

 

 
97

 

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, a copy of which is posted on our website at www.towerbank.net .

 

Compensation Committee

 

The members of the Compensation Committee are Debra A. Niezer, Ronald. W. Turpin, and Robert N. Taylor, who is the chairman of the Compensation Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of the Compensation Committee members is “independent,” as such term is defined by the NASDAQ Stock Market rules. The Compensation Committee evaluates and approves the compensation of our CEO & President, CFO, and other executive officers. The Compensation Committee also makes recommendations to our Board of Directors regarding the salaries and bonuses of our executive officers and the compensation for the members of our Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee also oversees the evaluation of management by the Board of Directors. The Compensation Committee administers our 1998 Stock Option Plan, our 2001 Stock Option Plan and our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which it reviews and revises from time to time. A copy of the charter is available on our website at www.towerbank.net. In addition, the Compensation Committee reviews our Compensation Discussion and Analysis and determines whether it should be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K or, alternatively, included in this Proxy Statement and incorporated by reference from this Proxy Statement into our Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Compensation Committee’s report is set forth beginning on page 103.

 

During 2013, the Compensation Committee held four committee meetings, and all members of the Compensation Committee were in attendance for those meetings. Neither the CEO nor any of our executive officers were present during Compensation Committee deliberations regarding their respective salaries or benefits.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

No officer or employee or former officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries served as a member of the Compensation Committee during 2013. Moreover, during 2013 (a) no executive officer of the Company served on the compensation committee of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our Compensation Committee, and (b) no executive officer of the Company served as a director of another entity, one of whose executive officers served on our Compensation Committee.

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING EXPERIENCE, QUALIFICATIONS,
ATTRIBUTES AND SKILLS OF OUR CONTINUING DIRECTORS

 

Class III Directors – Term to Expire in 2014


Keith E. Busse  

 Director Since: 1998

 

 Age: 72

Mr. Busse is a director, and since January 1, 2012 chairman of the board of directors for Steel Dynamics, Inc., a publicly held steel manufacturing and metallics resources company, which he co-founded in 1993. Until December 31, 2011, at which time he retired, Mr. Busse was also Steel Dynamic’s chief executive officer. Mr. Busse is also a director of Accuride Corporation, a large publicly held manufacturer and supplier of commercial vehicle wheels and components, where he also serves on its audit and compensation Committees. Prior to 1993, for a period of twenty-one years, Mr. Busse worked for Nucor Corporation in various capacities, including general manager of its Vulcraft subsidiary in St. Joe, Indiana. In 1986, Mr. Busse was appointed by Nucor to head the construction and be the general manager of the world’s first flat rolled steel mini-mill utilizing thin slab casting steel technology. Mr. Busse holds a degree in accounting from International Business College; a degree in business finance from St. Francis College (now the University of St. Francis); and he holds a degree in business administration from Indiana University. Mr. Busse was named Steelmaker of the Year in 2005 by the Association of Iron and Steel Technology and was named by Business Week Magazine as one of the Top 10 entrepreneurs in the United States. As the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Mr. Busse brings a rare combination of skills, training and experience in financial analysis, leadership, innovation, entrepreneurship and successful business enterprise.

 

 
98

 

 


Michael D. Cahill (non independent director)  

 Director Since: 2007

 

 Age: 53

Mr. Cahill has been the Chief Executive Officer of our Company and of our subsidiary, Tower Bank & Trust, since July 2008.  He has also served as an Executive Vice President of our Company since November 2004 and as the President of our subsidiary since October 2006.  Prior to his term as CEO, Mr. Cahill served as our Chief Operating Officer for two years, starting in October 2006 and was our Chief Financial Officer from June 2004 to April 2007.  From 2001 until joining the Bank, Mr. Cahill served as chief financial and privacy officer for Physicians Health Plan of Northern Indiana.  Prior to 2001, he served as chief financial and operating officer for CB Richard Ellis/Sturges, a large real estate brokerage, leasing, development, management, and appraisal firm.  Mr. Cahill holds a degree in accounting from the University of Notre Dame and is a licensed certified public accountant.  Mr. Cahill’s financial skills and background, business experience, analytical and comprehensive planning methodology and his demonstrated executive leadership qualities make his presence on our Board of Directors, and as a management director, invaluable. 

 


Kim T. Stacey  

 Director Since: 2011

 

 Age: 71

Mr. Stacey currently serves as chairman of the board of Tower Trust Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Bank. He was employed as the Vice President/Director of Development, Charitable Endowments & Foundations for Tower Trust Company before retiring in 2006. Prior to joining Tower Trust Company, he served as the President of American National Trust (d/b/a Old National Trust Company) from 2000 to 2003, Executive Vice President of Trust for Fort Wayne National Bank from 1986 to 1998 and Trust Officer/Group Manager for The Central Trust Company, Cincinnati, Ohio from 1969 to 1986 post graduation and military service. Mr. Stacey has been and continues to be involved in numerous not-for-profit organizations within the Fort Wayne community serving both as a board member and volunteer. He brings to our Board of Directors a wealth of experience in all aspects of fiduciary administration as well as management, human resource selection, administration and evaluation. Mr. Stacey holds a degree in business administration from the University of Cincinnati and a Juris Doctorate degree from Northern Kentucky State University.

 


Irene A. Walters  

 Director Since: 1998

 

 Age: 72

Since 1995, Ms. Walters has been the executive director of University Relations and Communications at Indiana University-Purdue University Fort Wayne. Prior to that, from 1987-1995, she was employed by the City of Fort Wayne as executive director of the City’s 1994 Bicentennial Celebration Council, with overall responsibility to plan, coordinate and execute the dozens of city-wide events and projects related to that event. From 1997-2000, Ms. Walters was also appointed as co-chair of Fort Wayne’s Millennium Celebration programs and events, and, during 1997-1998 also led Fort Wayne’s successful efforts to be named an All-America City (1998) by the National Civic League. As a community volunteer, she has been president of, has led annual operating or capital fund drives for, or has chaired more than a dozen local not-for-profit organizations, including United Way of Allen County, American Cancer Society, Downtown Fort Wayne Rotary, YWCA, Invent Tomorrow (Comprehensive Community Visioning) and Francine’s Friends (Cancer Screening), and has served on the boards of dozens of other agencies or groups, such as the Fort Wayne Redevelopment Authority, the Fort Wayne and Allen County Convention and Visitor’s Bureau (Visit Fort Wayne), Friends of the Rivers, Leadership Fort Wayne, the Civic Theater, and Artlink. Ms. Walters’ broad community involvement, in multiple leadership capacities, brings to our Board of Directors a comprehensive link to and understanding of the community which we serve. Ms. Walters attended the University of Michigan for three years and then transferred to Boston University, where she received her bachelor of arts degree in 1964.

 


 

 
99

 

 

Class II Directors – Term to Expire in 2015

 


Kathryn D. Callen  

 Director Since: 2001

 

 Age: 60

Mrs. Callen holds a bachelor’s degree in finance from Indiana University and a master’s degree in business from Miami University. From 1987 through 1992 (when it was sold to the predecessor of Chase Bank), Ms. Callen served on the board of directors of Summcorp, a multi-bank holding company. While with Summcorp, she also served as president and as financial and operations principal of its Summcorp Financial Services brokerage subsidiary. Ms. Callen also has had extensive prior experience in the fields of trust operations and credit analysis. She was a mayoral appointee from 1989-1991 to the board of directors of the Fort Wayne Public Transportation Corporation, serving as its board chair from 1990-1991, and also served on the board of the Fort Wayne Parks and Recreation Department from 2000-2004. She is currently a member of the board of trustees at the University of Saint Francis (Finance Committee), a position she has held since 2001 and, since 2003, has been a trustee of the Canterbury School in Fort Wayne, Indiana. Since 2006, she has also been a member of the board of the Community Foundation of Greater Fort Wayne. Ms. Callen’s service on Tower’s Board and on its Audit Committee brings to these bodies seasoned and professionally trained skills and experience in all aspects of banking and trust operations, as well as financial analysis and experience in operating within a regulated environment.

 


Jerome F. Henry, Jr.  

 Director Since: 1999

 

 Age: 64

Mr. Henry is an entrepreneur who has ownership interests in numerous business enterprises, including start-ups and recent turnarounds. Since 1970, Mr. Henry has been the owner and president of Midwest Pipe & Steel, Inc., a company specializing in steel sales and service, industrial scrap and steel brokerage. Mr. Henry is also president of Paragon Tube Corporation, a manufacturer of steel tubing. Both companies are headquartered in Fort Wayne, Indiana. Regionally, Mr. Henry has an ownership interest in Paragon Steel Trading in Butler, Indiana; Wayne Metals in Markle, Indiana; Creative Coatings in Kendallville, Indiana; G&S Metals in Wabash, Indiana; and Adventure Homes in Garrett, Indiana. He also serves as president of Hartzell Realty Corporation. Mr. Henry owns a considerable amount of commercial real estate in and around northeast Indiana. Mr. Henry has strong roots in the Fort Wayne business community and has valuable experience assessing the business climate and trends within Tower’s market area. He actively participates in many local business groups, serves on several local non-profit boards of directors, and provides our Company with valuable insight with respect to the banking needs of small businesses.

 


Debra A. Niezer    

 Director Since: 1998

 

 Age: 60

Mrs. Niezer has been the chief operating officer and treasurer of AALCO Distributing Company, a beer distributor in Fort Wayne, Indiana, since January 2002. Prior to that time, beginning in April 1995, Ms. Niezer was vice president and assistant treasurer of AALCO. Ms. Niezer attended St. Mary of the Woods College and Indiana University. From 1989 to 1995, Ms. Niezer was a vice president of NBD Bancorp (a predecessor of Chase Bank), with responsibility for managing the employee benefits department of the Trust division. Prior to joining NBD, she managed a small trust department for First National Bank of LaPorte (now part of PNC Bank). She brings an entrepreneur’s managerial insight to our Board, in its efforts to better serve the banking needs of Tower’s predominately small business clientele, and brings valuable experience regarding compensation and benefits policy and planning to her service on our Compensation Committee. Ms. Niezer is a professional leader who cares deeply for Fort Wayne and has served as a Trustee for the University of St. Francis since 2002 and a YMCA Metro board member since 2003.

 


 

 
100

 

 

Class I Directors – terms expiring in 2016

 


Scott A. Glaze   

 Director Since: 2008

 

 Age: 57

Mr. Glaze has been employed, for more than twenty-five years, in various management capacities, at Fort Wayne Metals Research Products Corporation, the world's leading manufacturer of specialty wire for the medical device industry and is currently the chairman and chief executive officer. Mr. Glaze has broad experience, as an entrepreneur, in organizing and managing various businesses, from commercial real estate to a successful local Irish pub. He is a director of the Indiana Chamber of Commerce, the Fort Wayne-Allen County Economic Development Alliance and the Northeast Indiana Corporate Council. He brings to the Board of Directors the experience of a seasoned and successful entrepreneur, as well as a keen understanding of the financial needs of small businesses. Mr. Glaze holds a degree in business from Indiana Purdue University Fort Wayne.

 


William G. Niezer    

 Director Since: 1998

 

 Age: 64

Mr. Niezer is managing director of the Fort Wayne operations of Wells Fargo Insurance Services, where has served since 2001. Prior to that, he served as managing director of Acordia of Indiana, LLC, a privately held insurance brokerage which was acquired by Wells Fargo. He currently serves as Trustee of the University of St. Francis and a board member of the St. Joseph Community Health Foundation. He comes to our Board of Directors, and our Audit Committee, with an extensive background and skill in financial analysis, organizational structure, risk assessment and enterprise risk management. Mr. Niezer holds a degree in business from the University of Notre Dame.

 


Robert N. Taylor

Director Since: 2008

 

Age: 61

Since 2002, Mr. Taylor has been president and chief executive officer of Do It Best Corp., headquartered in Fort Wayne, Indiana. Do It Best Corp. is a world class, full-line, full-service, member-owned distributor of hardware, lumber and building materials in the home improvement industry, with sales of some $2.5 billion, with more than 4,000 member owners in the United States and 47 countries. In 2010, Mr. Taylor was elected chairman of the board of directors of the National Association of Wholesalers-Distributors, an industry trade group. He was also elected this year as chairman of the Northeast Indiana Regional Marketing Partnership, a regional economic development organization. Mr. Taylor also serves as a director and finance & investment committee chair for the Foellinger Foundation. Mr. Taylor brings a wealth of experience and success in executive leadership and organizational management to our Board of Directors, as well as financial expertise and oversight.

 


Ronald W. Turpin

Director Since: 2011

 

Age: 44

Mr. Turpin is vice president, head of finance-retail sales for Lincoln Financial Group. He has served in various capacities at Lincoln Financial since 2000 and has been in his current position since 2007. Prior to joining Lincoln Financial Group, Mr. Turpin served as a senior associate – tax & legal services for PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP. Mr. Turpin serves on numerous boards including the Greater Fort Wayne Chamber of Commerce and serving as board chair for the United Way of Allen County and Leadership Fort Wayne. Mr. Turpin brings both a legal and financial background to our Board of Directors, and his position as lead financial person for the broker/dealer side of the Lincoln Financial Group will provide additional knowledge and experience to our Board of Directors by providing guidance to the brokerage unit of the Trust subsidiary. Mr. Turpin holds a degree in pre-law from Indiana State University and a Juris Doctorate degree from Indiana University. He is a licensed certified public accountant .

 


  

Debra Niezer is the sister-in-law of William Niezer. There are no other family relationships among the directors and executive officers of the Company.

 

 
101

 

 

INFORMATION CONCERNING EXPERIENCE, QUALIFICATIONS,
ATTRIBUTES AND SKILLS OF OUR NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 


Wendell L. Bontrager  

 Age:  45

Mr. Bontrager has been an Executive Vice President of Tower Financial Corporation since May 2011. He started with the Company in March 1999 as Vice President, Corporate Services, has been promoted to different positions within the bank. He has held the title of Executive Vice President, Chief Lending Officer of the bank since September 2009. Mr. Bontrager has almost 20 years of experience in the financial industry

 


Tina M. Farrington  

 Age:  46

Mrs. Farrington has been the Chief Operating Officer and Executive Vice President of Tower Bank & Trust Company since December 2009. Prior to her promotion, she served as the Senior Vice President of E-commerce and Marketing from April 2008 until December 2009. Mrs. Farrington joined Tower Bank & Trust in September 2006 as a Vice President, Private Banking. Mrs. Farrington has 17 years of experience in the financial industry.

 


Richard R. Sawyer  

 Age:  49

 

Mr. Sawyer has been the Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Company since April 2007. He served as Controller for the Company and its subsidiaries from October 2004 to April 2007. Mr. Sawyer has more than 20 years of experience in financial related activities.

 


Gary D. Shearer   

 Age:  49

 

Mr. Shearer has been an Executive Vice President of the Company and the President of Tower Trust Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tower Bank since January 2006. From January 2001 to December 2005 he served as the Senior Vice President and Trust Officer of the Bank. From August 1999 to December 2000 he served as Vice President and Trust Officer of the Bank

 


James E. Underwood  

 Age:  52

     

Mr. Underwood has been the Chief Risk Officer and Executive Vice President of Tower Bank & Trust Company since February 2013. He has been an Executive Vice President of Tower Bank & Trust since October 2011. Since January 2007 he has overseen the Risk Management areas of the Bank and Company. Mr. Underwood began his employment with Tower Bank & Trust at its inception in January 1999 and has served in numerous capacities during his tenure.

 


 

ITEM 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

 

Compensation Committee Report

 

Tower Financial Corporation’s Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management and, based on such review and discussion, has recommended to the Board of Directors that the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Proxy Statement and, as incorporated by reference, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 
102

 

 

The Compensation Committee

 

Robert N. Taylor, Chair

Debra A. Niezer

Ronald W. Turpin

Date: March 19, 2014

 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND RELATED INFORMATION

 

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

 

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis may contain statements regarding future individual and company performance targets or goals. We have disclosed these targets or goals in the limited context of Tower Financial Corporation’s compensation programs; and, therefore, you should not take these statements to be statements of management’s expectations or estimates of results or other guidance. We specifically caution investors not to apply any such statements to other contexts.

 

Introduction

 

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A), addresses our philosophy, principles, and analysis underlying the compensation decision-making process for our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation table. In addition, this CD&A provides perspective to the data presented in the tables that follow.

 

The Compensation Committee has responsibility for establishing, implementing and continually monitoring our compensation plans, arrangements and programs, as well as ensuring that they adhere to our compensation principles and philosophy. The Compensation Committee annually or more frequently evaluates and establishes the compensation of our CEO, our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), and the Named Executive Officers included in the Summary Compensation table, as well as certain other senior officers and, for risk assessment purposes, all employees involved in bank lending activities. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves annual compensation, annual incentive opportunity levels, long-term incentive opportunity levels, any special or supplemental benefits for Named Executive Officers, as well as certain other senior officers, and grants and awards under our compensation plans. The Committee also reviews and approves incentive compensation plans in general and equity-based plans in particular for Named Executive Officers and certain other senior officers, as well as for directors, and recommends such plans to the Board of Directors for ultimate approval.

 

The following CD&A addresses:

 

 

our “Compensation Principles and Philosophy,” beginning on page 104;

 

 

each component of our compensation program, set forth in the section entitled “Primary Components of Our Compensation Program,” beginning on page 106;

 

 

an analysis of why we selected each component, including base salaries, short-term incentives and long-term incentives;

 

 

how we determine base compensation levels, including how we assess the competitiveness of our compensation (see “Use of Outside Consultants: Benchmarking” beginning on page 105); and amounts and formulas for pay (also described with each element of compensation, including base salaries, short-term incentives and long-term incentives); and

 

 

why and how we establish the underlying bases for the possibility of earning any incentive compensation, as well as the bases for individual incentive awards .

 

 
103

 

 

Administration of our Compensation Program

 

The Compensation Committee

 

Our Compensation Committee is comprised of three members, Robert N. Taylor, who served as Chair, Ronald W. Turpin, and Debra A. Niezer and throughout the CD&A section will be referred to as the “Committee”. Each member meets the “independence” requirements of the rule of NASDAQ Global Market, is a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is an “Outside Director,” as defined by the regulations under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

The Committee operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors, which is available online at www.towerbank.net under the link “Investor Relations, Corporate Overview, Committee Charters.”

 

Role of our Executive Officers in Compensation Decisions

 

The Committee approves, or in some cases, recommends for the approval to our Board of Directors, all aspects of executive compensation. In making its determinations, the Committee seeks input and recommendations from Michael D. Cahill, our CEO, regarding such elements as annual base salary, annual incentive opportunity, long-term incentives, grants and awards of incentive compensation, and any special or supplemental benefits for senior and executive management . Furthermore, the Committee may seek certain information and compensation recommendations directly from our Chairman, from our CFO, from the President of our Trust subsidiary, and from our Human Resources Department regarding executives on their respective staffs or regarding the Named Executive Officers. The Committee may or may not accept the CEO’s or the other officers’ recommendations. Neither the CEO, nor any of the Named Executive Officers are involved in the Committee’s deliberations and decision-making process regarding their respective salaries and benefits. For 2013, the Committee agreed with the recommendations brought forth by the CEO for the Named Executive Officers.

 

Our CEO also provides a self-assessment of his performance to the Committee for review at the end of each year, as well as other executive officer performance summaries and recommendations. Our CEO, our CFO and our Human Resources Department also from time to time, develop proposals relating to potential changes in compensation programs, for review and action by the Committee. Our CEO and Director of Human Resources provide the Committee with data necessary to evaluate and implement compensation proposals and programs, and, as necessary, works with outside consultants to provide data and information related to the Committee’s needs and objectives.

 

Our Compensation Principles and Philosophy

 

We believe that we are best able to attract and retain qualified executive officers within our regional competitive financial services industry by having a compensation system that is both competitive in the financial services marketplace, when compared to our peer companies, and also internally equitable based upon factors such as Company performance, individual performance, responsibility levels and prior experience.

 

The main principles of our compensation philosophy include the following:

 

 

total compensation opportunity should be reasonably comparable to the marketplace for smaller regional banks when our performance achieves or exceeds targeted results;

 

 

a portion of total direct compensation should consist of variable compensation, grounded, however, in bottom-line profitability and allocated on a pay-for-performance approach that is capable of objective measurement; and

 

 

additional, discretionary compensation may occasionally be earned as a result of a more subjective assessment of an executive’s special contribution.

 

The objectives of our executive compensation program are to:

 

 

attract, motivate and retain experienced executive officers;

 

 

enhance individual performance through incentives that are grounded in overall Company profitability and are not measured by the attainment of goals that are unrelated to profitable business activity;

 

 
104

 

 

 

align an executive’s incentives, to the extent practicable, with the business unit and Company areas most directly impacted by that executive’s leadership and performance;

 

 

disconnect risk-taking from compensation;

 

 

increase shareholder value; and

 

 

improve our overall performance.

 

We strive to meet these objectives, while attempting to maintain market-competitive pay levels, being careful to make efficient use of our shares as a component of incentive compensation, when appropriate, and ensuring that we have predictable expense recognition.

 

Benchmarking

 

Our current compensation programs are based on the establishment of compensation that aspires to be competitive with the level of compensation paid to peers, not only to attract quality executive talent but also to reduce the likelihood that we lose executive talent – and in turn, actual banking and trust business – to other financial institutions. In making compensation decisions, we review the following factors:

 

 

Comparison of base salary and total compensation against a similarly positioned and situated peer group

 

 

Comparison of base salary and total compensation against positions with similar responsibilities within the Company

 

 

Comparison with base salary and total compensation information obtained in the recruiting and discussion process with current and potential employees

 

 

Review the ability to replace key staff positions in our market for existing duties along with the relative importance of the role at the Company

 

The Committee has the authority to hire a compensation consultant and other advisors throughout the year for advice on executive compensation and it has direct access to the consultant for issues that may be related to executive compensation and benefits. In addition to compensation consultants, the Committee has access to outside legal counsel or other experts as needed.

 

We currently use a peer group of fourteen (14) publicly traded banks located primarily in the Midwest. The peer group was established in the fall of 2012 after a study conducted on behalf of the Committee by the Vice President of Human Resources and our Chief Financial Officer. We compiled a list of all 240 banks within the United States with assets between $400 million and $1 billion. From this list, we then eliminated all banks located in California, Florida, the Northeast region, or headquartered in a large metropolitan area. After eliminating these banks, the list was reduced to 51. From this list of 51 banks, the Committee selected our peer group based on location, asset size, per capital income, and business type. Indiana banks were reviewed first. In addition to Tower, there are eleven public banks headquartered in Indiana and nine of those banks have assets greater than $1.5 billion and are therefore not included in our peer group. The two remaining banks, Community Bank Shares of Indiana and Ameriana Bancorp, are included in our current peer group. The search was expanded to seek banks that were headquartered in cities of similar size and per capita income as Fort Wayne. The Committee selected the fourteen banks listed below as those which are most comparable to Tower and proceeded to gather compensation information from the peers SEC filings.

 

 
105

 

 

The following is our current list of peer banks:

 

Company

Ticker

Company

Ticker

LCNB Corp.

LCNB

Community Bank Shares of IN

CBIN

Ohio Valley Banc Corp

OVBC

Camco Financial Corp

CAFI

NB&T Financial Group

NBTF

Norwood Financial Corp

NWFL

Carolina Bank Holdings, Inc

CLBH

Landmark Bancorp Inc

LARK

Guaranty Federal Bancshares Inc

GFED

Rurban Financial Corp

RBFN

First Community Corp

FCCO

United Bancshares Inc

UBOH

Mackinac Financial Corp

MFNC

Ameriana Bancorp

ASBI

 

 

Both the Committee and the Board of Directors believe that being cognizant of peer group salary benchmarks are useful starting points from which to assess the adequacy of each component of our compensation program. This data, combined with the Committee’s exercise of its own independent judgment, both as to base incentives and overall compensation, enables us to establish compensation that is at the very least marginally competitive with the level of compensation paid to peer companies.

 

Primary Components of our Compensation Program

 

The principal components of our compensation program can include one or more of the following components:

 

 

Base Salary

 

 

Performance-Based Cash Incentive Compensation

 

 

Equity Incentive Compensation

 

 

Deferred Compensation and other Benefits

 

 

Long Term Incentives

 

Base Salary

 

Our base salary is designed to provide reasonably competitive levels of compensation to our executives, based upon their experience, duties and scope of responsibility. We view base salaries as providing an essential level of compensation that is necessary to recruit and retain qualified executives and because it enables the Committee to employ annual base salary adjustments to reflect an individual’s performance or changed responsibilities. We aim for both base salary and total compensation for our executive and senior officers to be at or near the 50 th percentile level of total compensation adjusted as described below . In the past, variable pay had not been a large component of our executive compensation program, however our Committee believes that variable incentive pay should be based upon our Company’s profitability. Therefore in 2010 we added a new component to our compensation package that is based substantially on our profitability.

 

Long term incentives had not been a significant part of our compensation package however in 2010 a long term incentive program was put in place that offered a mix of equity and cash-based incentive compensation. In 2011 the financial performance of the Company was such that it provided significant profit sharing compensation, as well as hitting the triggers associates with the long term incentive program (further described on page 115). Details of the programs are discussed in the following paragraphs and on page 116 in the Equity Incentive Compensation section.

 

We target individual base salaries to reflect competitive levels of salary in our marketplace, while aiming for total compensation for our named executive officers to begin at the 50 th percentile level with appropriate upward or downward adjustments made to reflect experience level, expertise, and complexity of the role, and of course, individual performance.

 

 
106

 

 

Within these guidelines, we annually consider and re-assess the individual’s position, responsibility and duty, as well as experience, qualifications, past performance, time in the position, and future potential are considered as part of the Committee’s performance review process. Adjustments to salary levels are based on the Committee’s assessment of these criteria through review of the following data:

 

 

market studies provided by the Indiana Bankers Association, by Pohl Consulting and Training, Inc. for our Trust Company, or by others;

 

 

proxy data we gather from peer banks, as described above;

 

 

summaries of each executive’s total compensation; and

 

 

Individual performance reviews prepared annually by management and further reviewed by the Committee.

 

In November 2013 the Compensation Committee reviewed base salary increases for 2014 (effective January 27, 2014) and determined that adjustments were warranted for all executives in 2014. Due to the pending merger with Old National, the Committee also looked to input from Old National on appropriate salary adjustments for senior management. This is due to several executives not being retained by Old National combined with new positions for the other executives when they join Old National. The Committee wanted to insure that any increases did not cause any issues with any executives pending employment with or termination by Old National. Old National concurred with the Compensation Committee’s decision. The adjustments and reasoning behind those adjustments are detailed in the following paragraphs.

 

Michael D. Cahill, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

The base salary for Michael D. Cahill, President and CEO and President of Tower Bank & Trust Company, was increased from $258,500 for 2013, to $266,255 effective January 27, 2014. The committee based its decision on maintaining Mr. Cahill’s salary at roughly the 50 th percentile by making a 3% increase to approximate this level of salary. While Mr. Cahill’s performance and that of the Company would lead to a higher level of base salary, he will not be retained by Old National after the merger, so any other adjustment to his base salary was not considered.

 

Mr. Cahill’s award under the 2013 profit sharing program, unanimously approved by the Committee was $151,515. The payment reflects 100% of the maximum award available under this plan. As was the case for all executive officers, the planned merger with Old National led to certain goals being rendered moot. The 100% award recognizes all of Mr. Cahill’s accomplishments in leading us to record financial results in 2013. The award equated to58.6% of his 2013 salary.

 

Gary D. Shearer, EVP and President, Tower Trust

 

The base salary for Gary D. Shearer, President of the Trust subsidiary, was increased from $172,400 for 2013, to $177,572 effective January 27, 2014. If the merger transaction is consummated, Mr. Shearer will be retained by Old National Bank in a new role, and this new salary level mirrors the salary for his new role at Old National. Further, this 3% adjustment was made to continue maintaining Mr. Shearer’s base salary at the 75 th percentile. As the founding executive of our Trust Company, Mr. Shearer has established and developed the team, grown the Company, and provided for a continuous profitability and growth during his tenure. To recognize this, we have targeted Mr. Shearer’s base salary at or near the 75 th percentile with profit sharing and other incentives to have total compensation reach these same levels for a long period of time.

 

Mr. Shearer’s award under the 2013 profit sharing program, unanimously approved by the Committee was $44,523. The payment reflects 100% of the maximum award available under this plan. The announced merger with Old National impacted various goals for 2013; however, Mr. Shearer delivered a record net income for our Trust subsidiary in calendar 2013, and the committee felt this award reflected this achievement. The award equated to 25.8% of his 2013 salary.

 

Richard R. Sawyer, EVP and Chief Financial Officer

 

The base salary for Richard R. Sawyer, our Chief Financial Officer, was increased from $155,000 for 2013, to $159,650 effective January 27, 2014. In 2013, the Committee agreed to move Mr. Sawyer toward the 75 th percentile of base salary to recognize not only his leadership and expertise, but to consider the increase in duties he assumed in 2012 with regard to bank operations and IT. The increase of 3% was made to maintain his current level of base salary when considering inflation and movement in peer salary levels. The committee would have considered a larger increase to move him closer to the 75 th percentile, but he will not be retained by Old National after the merger, so no other adjustment to his base salary was considered.

 

 
107

 

 

Mr. Sawyer’s award under the 2013 profit sharing program, approved by the Committee was $90,851. The payment reflects 100% of the maximum award available under this plan. Due to the announced merger with Old National, certain goals could not be completed; however, the Company posted record net income in 2013, and the Committee felt this award reflected Mr. Sawyer’s contribution during this record setting year. The amount equated to 58.6% of his salary at the time of award.

 

Wendell L. Bontrager, EVP and Chief Lending Officer, Tower Bank

 

The base salary for Wendell L. Bontrager, our Chief Lending Officer, was increased from $177,400 for 2013, to $182,722 effective January 27, 2014. The Committee has set his 2013 base salary about midway between the 50 th and 75 th percentile for salary, which recognizes the full scope of his duties and his performance. This 3% increase maintains that level of base salary. If the merger transaction is consummated, Mr. Bontrager will be retained by Old National Bank as its Regional President and his compensation in that role is disclosed in our Proxy Statement dated December 23, 2013.

 

Mr. Bontrager’s award under the 2013 profit sharing program, approved by the Committee was $103,980. Payment reflects 100% of the maximum award available. Due to the announced merger with Old National, certain goals could not be completed; however, the Company posted record net income in 2013 and the loan growth and positive asset quality trends that took place under Mr. Bontrager’s guidance were significant contributors. Thus, this level of award was deemed appropriate. The amount equated to 58.6% of his salary at the time of award.

 

Tina M. Farrington, EVP and Chief Operating Officer, Tower Bank

 

The base salary for Tina M. Farrington, our Chief Operating Officer, was increased from $147,000 for 2013, to $154,350 effective January 27, 2014. The Committee decided that in addition to the 3% base salary increase awarded other executives Ms. Farrington had continued to make significant strides in her role as leader of our retail branches. Thus, her total increase was 5%. This level of increase also mirrors her base salary in her new role with Old National.

 

Ms. Farrington’s award under the 2013 profit sharing program, approved by the Committee was $86,162. Payment reflects 100% of the maximum award available. Due to the announced merger with Old National Bank, certain goals could not be completed; however, the Company posted record net income in 2013 and the positive trends in our retail branch performance and Health Savings Account business lines were big contributors to that success. Thus, this level of award was deemed appropriate. The amount equated to 58.6% of her salary at the time of award.

 

James E. Underwood, EVP and Senior Risk Manager, Tower Bank

 

The base salary for James E. Underwood, Senior Risk Manager, was increased from $127,300 for 2013, to $131,127 effective January 27, 2013. During 2013, Mr. Underwood was fully in place as Chief Risk Officer (CRO) of the Company. While the role of CRO is not new to the industry, it is unusual at a Company of our size. However, the 3% increase is intended to keep Mr. Underwood’s base salary at commensurate level with the prior year. Mr. Underwood will not be retained by Old National after the merger, so no further consideration was given to further base salary adjustments through analysis of new peer data with regard to the CRO position.

 

Mr. Underwood’s award under the 2013 profit sharing program, approved by the Committee was $79,620. Payment reflects 100% of the maximum award available to Mr. Underwood. Due to the announced merger with Old National, certain goals could not be completed; however, the Company posted record net incomes in 2013 and the asset quality metrics improved significantly, which were a significant portion of the earnings improvement. Mr. Underwood was the driving force over a number of years in this area of the Company, and the Committee feels this award is appropriate given Mr. Underwood’s efforts. In further recognition of Mr. Underwood’s efforts, the Committee agreed to make an additional profit sharing award from the discretionary pool in the amount of $5,000.The non-discretionary award amount equated to 58.6% of his base salary.

 

Performance-Based Cash Incentive Compensation

 

In 2010 Compensation Committee approved a program based on distributing a portion of Company profits, if any, as incentive to all team members. The program remains substantially the same. The formula continues to focus more on bottom line results, which required that various top-line gains, in combination with sound management of resources and expense control, translated into profits before any profit sharing could be earned. The Committee believes this bottom-line focused program will drive more profit focused behaviors thereby producing overall positive financial results and shareholder return.

 

 
108

 

 

Profit Sharing Programs

 

The Committee desired a program based upon reaching progressive profitability goals that would satisfy or exceed acceptable levels of financial return. Programs were established in 2010 and continued in 2011, 2012 and 2013 for both our Bank and Trust subsidiaries that would provide an incentive pool based on pre-tax / pre-profit sharing income for each entity. The pools were allocated to all team members, with a small percentage going into a discretionary pool to allow the management team to award additional payments to deserving team members. Payouts were earned based on satisfactory performance reviews and completion of specific goals. Any amounts not paid out from the pools were returned to the company.

 

Bank Subsidiary

 

The pre-tax / pre-profit sharing net income for the Bank subsidiary was $11,872,297. In 2013, the Bank instituted tiers very similar in structure to those of the Trust subsidiary.

 

 

Pre-tax, Pre-bonus Net Income

 

Pool Percentage

 

First $1,022,000

    0 %

Next $2,555,000

    9 %

Next $1,533,000

    11 %

Next $1,533,000

    13 %

Next $1,533,000

    15 %

Balance thereafter

    17 %

 

 

 

The 2013 financial results for the Bank subsidiary produced a pool of $1,456,190. Eighty-five percent was allocated to the all officers of the Bank, including named executive officers, ten percent was allocated to the non-officers, and the remaining five percent was allocated to a discretionary pool. The officer’s pool was allocated based on the officer’s adjusted salary as a percentage of the entire officer pool. For mathematical purposes, the salaries were adjusted by a factor from 1.0 to 3.0 based on title. For example a Vice President’s salary of $50,000 was multiplied by a factor of 2.0 to get an adjusted salary of $100,000. That $100,000 was divided by the sum of all adjusted officer salaries in the pool to obtain the percentage of the pool allocated to that particular Vice President. The officer’s allocated amount then became the maximum amount that could be paid to that particular officer from the officer’s pool. Fifty percent of the maximum was paid out based on a satisfactory performance review. The remaining fifty percent was paid out based on completion of specific goals established by the officers and the senior management leader at the beginning of the year. The average payout of the officer’s pool in 2013 was approximately 97.4%%.

 

The non-officers pool was allocated pro-rata to all eligible non-officers. A full-time non-officer received a full share, while a part-time non-officer received a partial share.

 

Trust Subsidiary

 

The pre-tax / pre-profit sharing net income for the Trust subsidiary was $1,734,692. The financial results of the Trust subsidiary produced a pool of $229,858 based on the following tier structure:

 

 

Pre-tax, Pre-bonus Net Income

 

Pool Percentage

 

First $528,500

    0 %

Next $264,000

    10 %

Next $264,000

    15 %

Next $264,000

    20 %

Next $264,000

    25 %

Balance thereafter

    30 %

 

 
109

 

 

Ninety percent of the pool was allocated to officers of the Trust subsidiary, including named executive officers, five percent was allocated to the non-officers, and five percent was allocated to a discretionary pool. The payouts from each of the pools were made in the same manner as the bank subsidiary. The average payout of the officer’s pool in 2013 was approximately 94.5%% of the maximum earned.

 

2014 Incentive Compensation

 

Due to the pending merger with Old National, no incentive compensation plan was put in place for 2014. Those being retained by Old National will become part of their programs.

 

Long Term Incentive Program

During the first quarter of 2013, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors approved a long-term incentive program for the senior leadership team of the Company. The plan runs through December 31, 2018, and makes incentive payments based on the Company achieving certain levels of Return on Average Assets (ROA) over a three year rolling average. The gross potential bonus is $390,000 and is earned based on the following:

 

Three Year ROA

      % of Gross Potential Bonus Paid  
             

 

>1.0%       100%  
             

>.85%

but <1.0%     65%  
             

>.75%

but < .85%     30%  

 

In all cases, in addition to achieving the above, each participant must have had a satisfactory of better annual performance review, the Company must have assets above $700 million, there can be no regulatory orders in place, and the Company must have a CAMELS composite score of 2 or better. If there is a change of control before January 1, 2016, 50% of the gross potential bonus is deemed earned (less any payments made on this plan through that date). Due to the pending merger with Old National Bank, the senior leadership team will earn 50% of the gross potential bonus upon the actual closing of the transaction.

 

Health Savings Account and Retail Incentive Plan

 

Also during the first quarter of 2013, the Committee and Board of Directors approved an incentive plan for Ms. Farrington based in equal parts on the increase in Health Savings Accounts (both the number of accounts and related deposits) and the improvement in the profitability of our retail branch system. The gross potential bonus available is $54,000 (equally split between the two areas). There are three tiers to each area with escalating payments of $4,500 (each area), $9,000, and $13,500. The overall goal to be paid out 100% would be a minimum of 110,000 health savings accounts and $175 million in related deposits, as well as, the retail branch system reaching an overall break-even of profitability. These targets must be reached by January 31, 2016 for the Health Savings Account portion of the plan, and by December 31, 2015 for the retail branch system portion of the plan.

 

In calendar 2013, Ms. Farrington earned the first tier of her incentive for the improvement in profitability of our retail branch system, which amounted to $4,500.

 

Deferred Compensation

 

Our Company started a deferred compensation program in January 2002, under which all of our current named executive officers are participants. Eligibility for participation in this program is at the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

Our deferred compensation program allows a participant to elect to defer any portion of his or her current compensation. . The program additionally allows the Committee discretion to award an amount up to 20% of a participant’s incentive bonus, if any, under the Tower Financial Corporation annual incentive program as deferred compensation. Awards granted by the Committee pursuant to this aspect of the program vest in full at the end of the third fiscal year, including the year for which the award was granted. For example, if an award was earned in fiscal year 2013, it would fully vest on December 31, 2016. In 2013, there were no discretionary awards made pursuant to our deferred compensation program. There have been no discretionary awards since 2007.

 

 
110

 

 

In May 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with Principal Financial Group (“Principal”) to manage the deferred accounts for the participants and to provide investment options for the deferred funds. Principal is also the third party administrator and manager for our 401k plan, so the investment options offered in the deferred compensation plan are similar to those offered within our 401k plan.

 

Equity Incentive Compensation

 

We have a 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“1998 Stock Option Plan”) that was adopted by our Board of Directors and approved by shareholders in December 1998. No further options or awards may be granted under the 1998 Stock Option Plan. Under the 1998 Stock Option Plan, however, the Company awarded both incentive and non-statutory stock options to employees and directors. A maximum of 310,000 shares of our common stock were available for award under the 1998 Stock Option Plan. As of December 31, 2013, options to purchase 8,085 shares of common stock were still outstanding under the 1998 Stock Option Plan and the Plan will remain in effect solely for purposes of administering the remaining outstanding options. During 2013, no options expired or were forfeited however options for 2,000 shares were exercised. All remaining options in this plan expire in 2015.

 

The 2001 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“2001 Stock Option Plan”) was adopted by our Board of Directors and approved by our shareholders on April 17, 2001. Similar to the 1998 Stock Option Plan, no further options or awards may be granted under the 2001 Stock Option Plan. Under the 2001 Stock Option Plan, the Company awarded both incentive and non-statutory stock options to employees and directors. The maximum number of shares that could be issued under the 2001 Stock Option Plan was 125,000. As of December 31, 2013, options to purchase 21,825 shares of common stock were still outstanding under the 2001 Stock Option Plan and the Plan will remain in effect solely for purposes of administering the remaining outstanding options. During 2013, 9,750 options expired and were forfeited. During 2013, options for 8,025 shares were exercised. During 2014, 12,000 shares included in the amount outstanding on December 31, 2013 will expire.

 

Our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (“2006 Plan”) was approved by our shareholders on April 18, 2006. Under the 2006 Plan, the Company may award incentive stock options (qualified as such under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), non-statutory stock options (sometimes referred to as “non-qualified” stock options not specifically authorized or qualified for favorable federal income tax treatment), restricted stock awards (consisting of shares of common stock that are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture or vesting, either time based or based on the attainment of certain performance targets), unrestricted stock awards that are free of any vesting or forfeiture restrictions, performance share awards (entitling the recipient to acquire shares of common stock or to vest in shares of common stock upon the attainment of specified performance goals), and stock appreciation rights to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, as well as directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Option grants to any non-employee director may only be non-statutory stock options.

 

The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be awarded under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan is 150,000 shares, subject to adjustment in certain events. As of December 31, 2013, 95,514 shares remain available to be awarded pursuant to the 2006 Plan.

 

The 2006 Plan allows us to provide our named executives, directors, and employees with both equity ownership opportunities and performance-based incentives intended to align their interests with those of our shareholders. We designed the 2006 Plan to provide us with flexibility to select from among various equity-based compensation methods, so that the Committee, which is empowered to make grants and awards under the Plan, is able to address changing accounting and tax rules as well as corporate governance practices by optimally utilizing stock options, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock units, and performance awards as it deems appropriate.

 

The Committee has exclusive authority to broadly determine the employees to whom awards will be granted, the timing and manner of the award grants, the number of shares to be subject to any equity award, the purchase or exercise price and medium of payment, vesting provisions and other terms incident to the award or grant. The Compensation Committee may also specify in an award that upon the occurrence of a “change in control” of the Company, such award will immediately vest and become fully exercisable, any restrictions on transferability of shares will be waived, and any forfeiture risks or other contingencies will lapse.

 

The Committee has not issued and will not authorize or issue any stock options or make any equity-based award that is dependent upon the price of the Company’s common shares that incorporates an effective date that is any earlier than the actual date upon which the Committee makes the grant or award. The purchase price for any shares subject to an option granted under the 2006 Plan, however, whether incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options, may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares of our common stock on the date the option is granted. The Plan also prohibits the Committee from re-pricing or otherwise reducing the exercise price of outstanding options granted under the Plan, or canceling previously granted options and issuing new options to the same option holder at a lower exercise price, without obtaining shareholder approval.

 

 
111

 

 

Unless sooner terminated by our Board of Directors at its sole discretion, the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan will expire on December 31, 2015.

 

The Committee believes that one of the most effective types of incentive compensation is equity based with long term value realization components. These types of programs take into account the oftentimes cyclical nature of business. The use of equity compensation has not been a major factor of the Tower Financial Corporation compensation plans in the past, but going forward the Compensation Committee intends to focus more on a plan design with this element which will align management with shareholder value in the future. We expect integrating management’s long term rewards with shareholders’ long term interests will result in increased earnings. If the Company rewards earnings we trust the market will reward as well.

 

Retirement and Other Benefits

 

The Company had a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, or “SERP,” under which recently retired and former Chairman, Donald F. Schenkel, was the sole participant. The SERP was originally entered into in January 2002, was thereafter amended and restated in 2005, modified in 2006, and in 2008 was revised and restated. The SERP, as revised and restated provides unfunded monthly lifetime retirement benefits to Mr. Schenkel in the monthly “Accrued Benefit” amount of $13,062, based upon his age 68 early retirement date of December 31, 2009.

 

The Board elected to terminate the SERP effective September 30, 2012. The SERP provides that, upon a termination of the plan, the Company was required to pay Mr. Schenkel a lump sum for the accrued benefit on its books as of September 30, 2012, subject to applicable provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (and the Treasury regulations thereunder). The accrued benefit on September 30, 2012 was $1,516,223.32. Code Section 409A states that the lump sum cannot be paid less than 12 months before or more than 24 months after the anniversary date of the termination. During the period from October 1, 2012 until the date of payment of the lump sum, Mr. Schenkel will continue to receive his normal monthly benefit of $13.062.50, however the monthly benefit during the period from now until the date of payment of the lump sum will go towards reducing the current accrued benefit. The final payment in the amount of $1,320,285.82 was made on January 3, 2014. Thus, no further amounts are owed pursuant to this plan.

Perquisites

 

The Company provides certain Named Executive Officers with limited perquisites and other personal benefits that the Committee believes to be reasonable and consistent with its overall compensation program. The Committee periodically evaluates these perquisites and personal benefits to assure consistency with the Company’s compensation philosophy and objectives and compliance with applicable law.

 

Perquisites currently provided to certain executive officers include partial reimbursement for a company car and certain country club memberships. All eligible employees of the Company are provided life insurance at one and a half times salary up to a maximum of $100,000, unless over the age of 65, 70, and 75, then the benefit drops to 30%, 25%, and 15% respectively, of their base salary, not to exceed the maximum. Additionally, employees are eligible for 401(k) matching. All of the above are described in the “All Other Compensation” table immediately following the “Summary Compensation” Table. All attributed costs of the personal benefits described above for the Named Executive Officers for 2012 are included in column (i) of the “Summary Compensation Table” and in the “All Other Compensation” table. It was noted in our proxy filing on December _, 2013 related to the proposed merger with Old National Bank that Mr. Cahill would be given his Company car upon the consummation of the merger. We accrued the estimated value $5,000 as part of his 2013 compensation.

 

Compensation Policies and Practices as They Relate to Risk Management

 

Our incentive pay program in effect since 2010, rested upon a foundation of either Company-wide or unit (Bank or Trust Company) profits for each potential award measurement period—that is, no variable incentive-based compensation could be earned unless the underlying activity with respect to which incentive pay could be earned was profitable. As such, certain top line metrics, such as the mere generation of loans, which carry difficult to assess, ultimate risk inherent in the multi-year administration and ultimate repayment of the loan, are not considered. On the other hand, certain other top line metrics, such as retail deposit generation activities, might be considered.

 

 
112

 

 

The Compensation Committee, pursuant to its responsibility to engage in a risk assessment analysis of Tower’s compensation policies and practices, as they may relate to Tower’s overall risk management, has determined that none of the Company’s compensation policies or practices, individually or collectively, are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

 

Employment Agreements  

 

We are party to employment agreements with all of our named executive officers.

 

Wendell L. Bontrager

 

On October 9, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Wendell L. Bontrager to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of Tower Bank. The initial term of Mr. Bontrager’s agreement is for a period of two years, expiring October 9, 2014. The agreement is subject to, and is currently operating under, successive two-year automatic renewals. Mr. Bontrager’s current annual salary is $182,722, subject to annual review by the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board of Directors. In addition, Mr. Bontrager is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, based upon the satisfaction of prescribed individual goals and the Company’s attainment of prescribed goals in accordance with our profit sharing program , described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Performance-Based Cash Incentive Compensation.” He is also eligible to participate in our deferred compensation program, described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Deferred Compensation.”

 

If Mr. Bontrager’s agreement is terminated due to death or permanent disability, Mr. Bontrager, or his estate, is entitled to a sum equal to one month’s salary. If Mr. Bontrager is terminated (i) by us without “cause,” defined as (a) a violation of a material Company policy or failure to perform any of the material duties or obligations under the agreement with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (b) upon any dishonesty or any kind of willful misconduct including, but not limited to, theft of, or other unauthorized personal use of Company funds with a failure to cure same within ten days of notice, (ii) at Mr. Bontrager’s option upon our material breach of the agreement, or for “good cause,” defined as (a) without Mr. Bontrager’s express consent, the assignment of duties or responsibilities inconsistent with Mr. Bontrager’s position or a material change in her reporting responsibilities, titles or offices, with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (iii) by us upon notice of intent not to renew, Mr. Bontrager is entitled to a sum equal to two years’ salary. Mr. Bontrager is also entitled to a lump sum equal to two years’ salary if we fail to obtain agreement from a successor to assume or agree to perform our obligations under this agreement.

 

If within four months before or twenty-four months and one day after a change-of-control, we terminate Mr. Bontrager other than for cause or for reason of death or permanent disability, Mr. Bontrager is entitled to receive a sum equal to two years’ salary plus an amount equal to two times his average bonus (calculated as an average of his three prior years’ bonus payments).

 

Michael D. Cahill

 

On December 4, 2012, we executed a new Employment Contract with Michael D. Cahill to serve as its Chief Executive Officer. The new Employment Contract is effective on April 1, 2013 and will replace Mr. Cahill’s current Employment Contract which expires on March 31, 2013. The initial term of Mr. Cahill’s agreement is for a period of two years, expiring April 1, 2015. The agreement is subject to, and is currently operating under, successive two-year automatic renewals. Mr. Cahill’s current annual salary is $266,255, subject to annual review by the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board of Directors. In addition, Mr. Cahill is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, based upon the satisfaction of prescribed individual goals and the Company’s attainment of prescribed goals in accordance with our profit sharing program , described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Performance-Based Cash Incentive Compensation.” He is also eligible to participate in our deferred compensation program, described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Deferred Compensation.”

 

If Mr. Cahill’s agreement is terminated due to death or permanent disability, Mr. Cahill, or his estate, is entitled to a sum equal to one month’s salary. If Mr. Cahill is terminated (i) by us without “cause,” defined as (a) a violation of a material Company policy or failure to perform any of the material duties or obligations under the agreement with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (b) upon any dishonesty or any kind of willful misconduct including, but not limited to, theft of, or other unauthorized personal use of Company funds with a failure to cure same within ten days of notice, (ii) at Mr. Cahill’s option upon our material breach of the agreement, or for “good cause,” defined as (a) without Mr. Cahill’s express consent, the assignment of duties or responsibilities inconsistent with Mr. Cahill’s position or a material change in her reporting responsibilities, titles or offices, with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (iii) by us upon notice of intent not to renew, Mr. Cahill is entitled to a sum equal to two years’ salary. Mr. Cahill is also entitled to a lump sum equal to two years’ salary if we fail to obtain agreement from a successor to assume or agree to perform our obligations under this agreement.

 

 
113

 

 

If within four months before or twenty-four months and one day after a change-of-control, we terminate Mr. Cahill other than for cause or for reason of death or permanent disability, Mr. Cahill is entitled to receive a sum equal to two years’ salary plus an amount equal to two times his average bonus (calculated as an average of his three prior years’ bonus payments).

 

Tina M. Farrington

 

On August 20, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Tina M. Farrington to serve as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Tower Bank. The initial term of Mrs. Farrington’s agreement is for a period of two years, expiring August 20, 2014. The agreement is subject to, and is currently operating under, successive two-year automatic renewals. Mrs. Farrington’s current annual salary is $154,350, subject to annual review by the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board of Directors. In addition, Mrs. Farrington is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, based upon the satisfaction of prescribed individual goals and the Company’s attainment of prescribed goals in accordance with our profit sharing program , described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Performance-Based Cash Incentive Compensation.” She is also eligible to participate in our deferred compensation program, described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Deferred Compensation.”

 

If Mrs. Farrington’s agreement is terminated due to death or permanent disability, Mrs. Farrington, or her estate, is entitled to a sum equal to one month’s salary. If Mrs. Farrington is terminated (i) by us without “cause,” defined as (a) a violation of a material Company policy or failure to perform any of the material duties or obligations under the agreement with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (b) upon any dishonesty or any kind of willful misconduct including, but not limited to, theft of, or other unauthorized personal use of Company funds with a failure to cure same within ten days of notice, (ii) at Mrs. Farrington’s option upon our material breach of the agreement, or for “good cause,” defined as (a) without Mrs. Farrington’s express consent, the assignment of duties or responsibilities inconsistent with Mrs. Farrington’s position or a material change in her reporting responsibilities, titles or offices, with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (iii) by us upon notice of intent not to renew, Mrs. Farrington is entitled to a sum equal to two years’ salary. Mrs. Farrington is also entitled to a lump sum equal to two years’ salary if we fail to obtain agreement from a successor to assume or agree to perform our obligations under this agreement.

 

If within four months before or twenty-four months and one day after a change-of-control, we terminate Mrs. Farrington other than for cause or for reason of death or permanent disability, Mrs. Farrington is entitled to receive a sum equal to two years’ salary plus an amount equal to two times her average bonus (calculated as an average of her three prior years’ bonus payments).

 

Gary D. Shearer

 

On April 25, 2002, we entered into an employment agreement with Gary D. Shearer to serve as Senior Vice President of our Company. Since that time, Mr. Shearer has been promoted to President and chief executive officer of our subsidiary, Tower Trust Company. The initial term of Mr. Shearer’s agreement was for a period of two years, expiring April 25, 2004. The agreement is subject to, and is currently operating under, successive two-year automatic renewals. The Compensation Committee as well as the full Board of Directors previously approved the renewal of Mr. Shearer’s contract. The current term of his contract expires April 24, 2014. Mr. Shearer’s current annual salary is $177,522, subject to annual review by the Committee and approval by the Board of Directors. In addition, Mr. Shearer is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, based upon the satisfaction of prescribed individual goals and the Company’s attainment of prescribed goals in accordance with our profit sharing program , described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Performance-Based Cash Incentive Compensation.” He is also eligible to participate in our deferred compensation program, described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Deferred Compensation.”

 

If Mr. Shearer’s agreement is terminated due to death or permanent disability, Mr. Shearer, or his estate, is entitled to a sum equal to one month’s salary. If Mr. Shearer is terminated (i) by us without “cause,” defined as (a) a violation of a material Company policy or failure to perform any of the material duties or obligations under the agreement with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (b) upon any dishonesty or any kind of willful misconduct including, but not limited to, theft of, or other unauthorized personal use of Company funds with a failure to cure same within ten days of notice, (ii) at Mr. Shearer’s option upon our material breach of the agreement, or for “good cause,” defined as (a) without Mr. Shearer’s express consent, the assignment of duties or responsibilities inconsistent with Mr. Shearer’s position or a material change in his reporting responsibilities, titles or offices, with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (iii) by us upon notice of intent not to renew, Mr. Shearer is entitled to a sum equal to two years’ salary. Mr. Shearer is also entitled to a sum equal to two years’ salary if we fail to obtain agreement from a successor to assume or agree to perform our obligations under this agreement.

 

 
114

 

 

If within four months before or twenty-four months and one day after a change-of-control, we terminate Mr. Shearer other than for cause or for reason of death or permanent disability, Mr. Shearer is entitled to receive a sum equal to two years’ salary plus an amount equal to two times his average bonus (calculated as an average of his three prior years’ bonus payments).

 

Richard R. Sawyer

 

On December 4, 2012, we executed a new Employment Contract with Richard R. Sawyer to serve as its Chief Financial Officer. The new Employment Contract is effective on April 1, 2013 and will replace Mr. Sawyer’s current Employment Contract which expires on March 31, 2013. The initial term of Mr. Sawyer’s agreement is for a period of two years, expiring April 1, 2015. The agreement is subject to, and is currently operating under, successive two-year automatic renewals. Mr. Sawyer’s current annual salary is $159,650, subject to annual review by the Compensation Committee and approval by the Board of Directors. In addition, Mr. Sawyer is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, based upon the satisfaction of prescribed individual goals and the Company’s attainment of prescribed goals in accordance with our profit sharing program , described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Performance-Based Cash Incentive Compensation.” He is also eligible to participate in our deferred compensation program, described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Deferred Compensation.”

 

If Mr. Sawyer’s agreement is terminated due to death or permanent disability, Mr. Sawyer, or his estate, is entitled to a sum equal to one month’s salary. If Mr. Sawyer is terminated (i) by us without “cause,” defined as (a) a violation of a material Company policy or failure to perform any of the material duties or obligations under the agreement with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (b) upon any dishonesty or any kind of willful misconduct including, but not limited to, theft of, or other unauthorized personal use of Company funds with a failure to cure same within ten days of notice, (ii) at Mr. Sawyer’s option upon our material breach of the agreement, or for “good cause,” defined as (a) without Mr. Sawyer’s express consent, the assignment of duties or responsibilities inconsistent with Mr. Sawyer’s position or a material change in her reporting responsibilities, titles or offices, with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (iii) by us upon notice of intent not to renew, Mr. Sawyer is entitled to a sum equal to two years’ salary. Mr. Sawyer is also entitled to a lump sum equal to two years’ salary if we fail to obtain agreement from a successor to assume or agree to perform our obligations under this agreement.

 

If within four months before or twenty-four months and one day after a change-of-control, we terminate Mr. Sawyer other than for cause or for reason of death or permanent disability, Mr. Sawyer is entitled to receive a sum equal to two years’ salary plus an amount equal to two times his average bonus (calculated as an average of his three prior years’ bonus payments).

 

James E. Underwood

 

On April 25, 2002, we entered into an employment agreement with James E. Underwood to serve as Senior Vice President of our Company. Since that time, Mr. Underwood has been promoted to executive vice president and risk manager of Tower Bank. The initial term of Mr. Underwood’s agreement was for a period of two years, expiring April 25, 2004. The agreement is subject to, and is currently operating under, successive two-year automatic renewals. The Compensation Committee as well as the full Board of Directors previously approved the renewal of Mr. Underwood’s contract. The current term of his contract expires April 24, 2014. Mr. Underwood’s current annual salary is $131,127, subject to annual review by the Committee and approval by the Board of Directors. In addition, Mr. Underwood is eligible to receive an annual cash bonus, based upon the satisfaction of prescribed individual goals and the Company’s attainment of prescribed goals in accordance with our profit sharing program , described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Performance-Based Cash Incentive Compensation.” He is also eligible to participate in our deferred compensation program, described in further detail in the preceding section titled “Deferred Compensation.”

 

If Mr. Underwood’s agreement is terminated due to death or permanent disability, Mr. Underwood, or his estate, is entitled to a sum equal to one month’s salary. If Mr. Underwood is terminated (i) by us without “cause,” defined as (a) a violation of a material Company policy or failure to perform any of the material duties or obligations under the agreement with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (b) upon any dishonesty or any kind of willful misconduct including, but not limited to, theft of, or other unauthorized personal use of Company funds with a failure to cure same within ten days of notice, (ii) at Mr. Underwood’s option upon our material breach of the agreement, or for “good cause,” defined as (a) without Mr. Underwood’s express consent, the assignment of duties or responsibilities inconsistent with Mr. Underwood’s position or a material change in his reporting responsibilities, titles or offices, with a failure to cure same within thirty days of notice, or (iii) by us upon notice of intent not to renew, Mr. Underwood is entitled to a sum equal to two years’ salary. Mr. Underwood is also entitled to a sum equal to two years’ salary if we fail to obtain agreement from a successor to assume or agree to perform our obligations under this agreement.

 

 
115

 

 

If within four months before or twenty-four months and one day after a change-of-control, we terminate Mr. Underwood other than for cause or for reason of death or permanent disability, Mr. Underwood is entitled to receive a sum equal to two years’ salary plus an amount equal to two times his average bonus (calculated as an average of his three prior years’ bonus payments).

 

Impact of Accounting and Tax Considerations on the Form of Compensation

 

We take into account and evaluate the various accounting and tax implications of the compensation and benefit programs we utilize in compensating our executives.

 

In particular, our intent is that the forms of compensation we pay to our executives will be tax deductible, unless maintaining such deductibility would undermine our ability to meet our primary compensation objectives or as otherwise not be in our best interest. We believe that salaries of all of our Named Executive Officers are tax deductible because they are all less than $1 million in aggregate and awards under these plans are designed to qualify as “performance-based” compensation. We reserve the right to provide compensation which is not tax deductible, however, if we believe that the benefits of doing so outweigh the loss of the tax deduction.

 

In addition, we consider the impact of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 – Compensation – Stock Compensation, on Tower’s use of equity incentives, if any.

 

Amounts deferred under our non-qualified deferred compensation program after December 31, 2004, are subject to Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, which governs when elections for deferrals of compensation may be made, the form and timing permitted for payment of such deferred amounts, and the ability to change the form and timing of payments initially established. Section 409A imposes sanctions for failure to comply, including accelerated income inclusion, a twenty percent penalty and an interest penalty. We currently operate our plans in good faith compliance with Section 409A’s requirements, as permitted by the regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

We have no change in control agreements with any of our executive officers that would currently trigger the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, which impose excise taxes on an executive which receives any “excess parachute payments” in connection with a change in control contract.

 

 
116

 

 

Executive Compensation Tables

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The table below summarizes the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each of the Named Executive Officers for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

 

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

   

Salary 1

   

Bonus 2

   

Stock Awards 3

   

Option Awards

   

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation 4

   

Change in Pension Value and Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings 5

   

All Other Compensation 6

   

Total ($)

 
            ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)     ($)          

(a)

 

(b)

   

(c)

   

(d)

   

(e)

   

(f)

   

(g)

   

(h)

   

(i)

   

(j)

 

Michael D.

 

2013

    $ 255,789     $ 5,000       -       -     $ 151,515     $ 14,820     $ 7,870     $ 434,994  
Cahill, CEO &  

2012

    $ 232,693     $ 15,000       -       -     $ 69,848     $ 3,819     $ 6,978     $ 328,338  
President  

2011

    $ 213,269     $ 40,000     $ 28,154       -     $ 46,746     $ 767     $ 5,246     $ 334,182  

Richard R. 

 

2013

    $ 154,051       -       -       -     $ 90,851     $ 791     $ 4,504     $ 250,197  
Sawyer,  

2012

    $ 146,282     $ 7,500       -       -     $ 43,625       -     $ 3,378     $ 200,785  
CFO  

2011

    $ 141,923     $ 15,000     $ 20,775       -     $ 33,141       -     $ 2,056     $ 212,895  

Gary D. Shearer, CEO 

 

2013

    $ 171,820       -       -       -     $ 12,023     $ 5,359     $ 17,956     $ 207,158  
& President, Tower  

2012

    $ 166,813       -       -       -     $ 19,464     $ 2,304     $ 14,830     $ 203,411  
Trust Co.  

2011

    $ 161,842     $ 8,000     $ 12,465       -     $ 16,650     $ 1,140     $ 2,678     $ 202,775  

Wendell L.

 

2013

    $ 176,243       -       -       -     $ 103,980     $ 626     $ 5,401     $ 286,250  
Bontrager,   

2012

    $ 165,947     $ 7,500       -       -     $ 47,998       -     $ 4,419     $ 225,864  
CLO  

2011

    $ 153,131     $ 15,000     $ 20,775       -     $ 34,056     $ 98     $ 3,153     $ 226,213  

James E.

  2013     $ 126,880       -       -       -     $ 47,120     $ 3,746     $ 3,064     $

180,810

 
Underwood,   2012     $ 123,185       -       -       -     $ 36,922     $ 1,174     $ 1,635     $ 162,916  
EVP, Risk Manager   2011     $ 119,914     $ 99,641     $ 20,775       -     $ 22,464     $ 530     $ 1,400     $ 269,724  

Tina M

 

2013

    $ 146,192     $ 4,500       -       -     $ 86,162     $ 2,728     $ 4,383     $ 243,965  
Farrington,   

2012

    $ 138,269     $ 7,500       -       -     $ 40,775       -     $ 3,202     $ 189,746  
COO  

2011

    $ 124,423     $ 15,000     $ 20,775       -     $ 31,178       -     $ 2,116

 

  $ 193,492  

 


1 Salary as reported on form W-2

 

  2  For Mr. Cahill, this amount represents the value of his company car. As part of the transaction, ownership will transfer to Mr. Cahill. In 2013, Ms. Farrington received a partial payment under a Retail Incentive Plan. For 2012 bonus payments were awarded to Cahill ($15,000), Sawyer ($7,500), Bontrager ($7,500), and Farrington ($7,500) for the successful termination of the formal agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. For 2011, amounts earned under the long-term incentive program were as follows: Cahill ($15,000), Sawyer ($15,000), Shearer ($8,000), Bontrager ($15,000), Underwood ($15,000), and Farrington ($15,000). Additionally, in 2011, the Committee awarded Mr. Cahill a bonus of $25,000 in conjunction with the improvement in our regulatory ratings and Mr. Underwood a bonus of $84,641 related to the Managed Assets Incentive program. In 2010, Mr. Bontrager received a bonus in lieu of a salary increase, Ms. Farrington received a bonus for extraordinary work stemming from our core system migration, and Mr. Underwood received a bonus pursuant to the Managed Assets Incentive Plan. .

 

  3 Amounts shown for 2011 represent value on December 31, 2011 for shares earned under the long-term incentive plan outlined in the CD&A.  

 

 4 Amounts earned as part of the 2013, 2012 and 2011 Profit sharing programs.

 

  5 Interest earned on deferred compensation. See table on page 41 for additional detail.

 

 6 Represents aggregate amount of all "Pther Compensation" as detailed onpage 118.

 

 
117

 

 

All Other Compensation

 

Name  

Personal

Use

Company

Automobile

   

Club

Dues 17

 

Company

Paid

Parking

 

Company

Paid

Life

Insurance 2

   

Company

Paid

401(k)

Match

   

Total

 
                                           
                                           

(a)

 

(b)

   

(c)

 

(d)

 

(e)

   

(f)

   

(h)

 

Michael D. Cahill, CEO & President

  $ 620               $ 114     $ 7,136     $ 7,870  
                                           

Richard R. Sawyer, CFO

                    $ 114     $ 4,390     $ 4,504  
                                           

Gary D. Shearer, CEO & President, Tower Trust Co.

          $ 12,687       $ 114     $ 5,155     $ 17,956  

Wendell L. Bontrager, CLO

                    $ 114     $ 5,287     $ 5,401  

James E. Underwood, Sr. Corporate Risk Manager

                    $ 114     $ 2,950     $ 3,064  

Tina M. Farrington, COO

                    $ 114     $ 4,269     $ 4,383  

 


1

Club dues are for Country Club membership. Due are grossed up by 33% for income tax purposes, as membership is owned personally by Mr. Shearer and reimbursed by the Company.

2

These amounts represent premiums paid for life insurance at one times the NEO's annual base salary to a maximum benefit of $100,000. This benefit reduces to 30% of base salary once the participant reaches age 65.

 

 
118

 

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2013:

The following table sets forth the Named Executive Officers' outstanding equity awards as of the end of 2013. No grants were made in 2013. The Committee is bound under the terms of our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to issue no stock options with a grant date earlier than the actual date of the award, and the Committee has affirmed its awareness of and commitment to that obligation. We have also verified that no stock options were granted under either our 1998 or 2001 Stock Option Plans with a grant date earlier than the actual date of each award under those Plans.

 

   

Option Awards

   

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options

   

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options

   

Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options

   

Option

Exercise 

Price

   

Option Expiration

Date 9

   

Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested

   

Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested 10

   

Equity

Incentive

Plan

Awards: 

Number of 

Unearned 

S hares,

Units or 

Other

Rights 

That Have

Not 

Vested

   

Equity

Incentive 

Plan 

Awards: 

Market or Payout 

Value of Unearned Shares, 

Units or 

Other

Rights 

That 

Have Not Vested

 
    (#)      (#)      (#)      ($)           (#)      ($)     (#)      ($)  
   

Exercisable

   

Unexercisable

                                                         

(a)

 

(b)

   

(c)

   

(d)

   

(e)

   

(f)

   

(g)

   

(h)

   

(i)

   

(j)

 

Michael D.

    7,500       -       -     $ 14.00    

6/21/2014

      -       -       -       -  
Cahill,     5,000       -       -     $ 13.76    

11/15/2014

      -       -       -       -  
CEO &     675       -       -     $ 16.13    

11/1/2015

      -       -       -       -  
President.     6,825       -       -     $ 16.13    

11/1/2015

                                 

Richard R. Sawyer, CFO

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

Gary D. Shearer, EVP

    2,000       -       -     $ 16.13    

11/1/2015

      -       -       -       -  

Wendell L.

                                                                       
Bontrager,     1,000       -       -     $ 14.79    

2/02/2015

      -       -       -       -  
CLO     2,000       -       -     $ 16.13    

11/01/2015

      -       -       -       -  

Tina M. Farrington, COO

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

James E. Underwood, EVP

    -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -  

 


7 Expiration date in 10 years from Grant Date.   

 

 
119

 

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

 

Other than the change-in-control provisions that are included in the employment agreements described above, there are no additional change-in-control agreements with any Named Executive Officers. There are also certain severance payout requirements, of limited applicability, with certain of our Named Executive Officers in the event that their employment is terminated. These are summarized in the Compensation Discussion & Analysis in the descriptions of the applicable employment agreements, and are further quantified and explained in the following table.

 

The discussion and tables below reflect the amount of compensation to each of the Named Executive Officers of the Company in the event of termination of such Named Executive Officer’s employment. The amounts shown assume a termination date of March 31, 2014, using the assumption that the merger with Old National will be consummated during the second quarter of 2014. Such amounts are estimates. Amounts do not include compensation and benefits available to all of the Company’s general employees.

 

Each officer’s receipt of these payments and benefits is conditioned on their agreement not to solicit clients or employees, and not to compete with the Company, for a period of at least twelve (12) months following the Termination Date, or a longer period of time as determined by specific employment agreements. Competition includes holding more than 2% interest in a competing business, and directly or indirectly owning, managing, operating, joining, or being employed by a competing business or as specifically described in each officer’s employment agreements.

 

Executive Compensation and

Benefits Payable Upon Termination

 

Voluntary

Termination

   

Without Cause

   

For Cause

   

Change-in-Control

   

Death

   

Disability

 

Retiremen t

Michael D. Cahill, CEO & President

                                                 

Base Salary

 

Paid to DOT (6)

    $ 532,510    

Paid to DOT

    $ 532,510    

Paid to DOT

   

Paid to DOT

 

NA

Short-Term Incentive (1)

  $ 0     $ 178,740     $ 0 (5)   $ 178,740     $ 0     $ 0  

NA

Value of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Intrinsic Value of Unvested Stock Options

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Deferred Compensation (2)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Medical Insurance

 

NA

   

12 months

   

NA

   

12 months

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

280G Tax Gross-up (3)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

                                                   

Richard R. Sawyer, CFO

                                                 

Base Salary

 

Paid to DOT

    $ 319,300    

Paid to DOT

    $ 319,300    

Paid to DOT

   

Paid to DOT

 

NA

Short-Term Incentive (1)

  $ 0     $ 111,744     $ 0     $ 111,744     $ 0     $ 0  

NA

Value of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Intrinsic Value of Unvested Stock Options

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Deferred Compensation (2)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Medical Insurance

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

280G Tax Gross-up (3)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

                                       

 

 
120

 

 

Executive Compensation and

Benefits Payable Upon Termination

 

Voluntary

Termination

   

Without Cause

   

For Cause

   

Change-in-Control

   

Death

   

Disability

 

Retirement

Gary D. Shearer, CEO & President, Tower Trust Co.

                                                 

Base Salary

 

Paid to DOT

    $ 355,144    

Paid to DOT

    $ 355,144     $ 13,950     $ 13,950  

NA

Short-Term Incentive (1)

    -     $ 57,092       -     $ 57,092       -       -  

NA

Value of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Intrinsic Value of Unvested Stock Options

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Deferred Compensation (2)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Medical Insurance

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

280G Tax Gross-up (3)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

                                                   

Wendell L. Bontrager, CLO Tower Bank & Trust Co.

                                                 

Base Salary

 

Paid to DOT

    $ 365,444    

Paid to DOT

    $ 365,444     $ 13,950     $ 13,950  

NA

Short-Term Incentive (1)

    -     $ 124,022       -     $ 124,022       -       -  

NA

Value of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Intrinsic Value of Unvested Stock Options

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Deferred Compensation (2)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Medical Insurance

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

280G Tax Gross-up (3)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

                                                   

Tina M. Farrington, COO Tower Bank & Trust Co.

                                                 

Base Salary

 

Paid to DOT

    $ 308,700    

Paid to DOT

    $ 308,700     $ 11,667     $ 11,667  

NA

Short-Term Incentive(1)

    -     $ 102,076       -     $ 102,076       -       -  

NA

Value of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Intrinsic Value of Unvested Stock Options

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Deferred Compensation(2)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Medical Insurance

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

280G Tax Gross-up(3)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

                                                   

James E. Underwood, EVP, Risk Management

Tower Bank & Trust Co.

                                                 

Base Salary

 

Paid to DOT

    $ 262,254    

Paid to DOT

    $ 262,254     $ 10,300     $ 10,300  

NA

Short-Term Incentive(1)

    -     $ 96,004       -     $ 96,004       -       -  

NA

Value of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Intrinsic Value of Unvested Stock Options

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Deferred Compensation(2)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

Medical Insurance

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

280G Tax Gross-up(3)

 

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

   

NA

 

NA

 

(1)

Reflects calculations based on assumption of individual’s employment with the Company as of December 31, 2013 and based on the Company’s attainment of targeted net income levels.

(2)

No company contributions were unvested as of December 31, 2013.

(3)

As of December 31, 2008, the 280G Tax Gross-up calculation does not apply.

(4)

Profit sharing incentive earned as of the date of December 31, 2013.

(5)

If there is non-extension of the employment agreement or a new agreement could not be reached, Mr. Cahill would be entitled to a “post-employment payment” equal to 9 months base salary plus 12 months COBRA coverage.

 

 
121

 

 

Payments Made Upon Termination for Cause

 

If the Company terminates an officer’s employment for “Cause”, as that term is defined in each officer’s employment agreement, then the Company will pay the officer accrued compensation and benefits. Such amounts include unpaid salary, unused vacation, and any accrued expense reimbursements. In the table above, we assume that all accrued compensation and benefits have been paid as of the date of termination (12/31/13); therefore, no additional compensation is provided to the officer, unless otherwise mentioned in the specified employment agreement.

 

Payments Made Upon Voluntary Termination by the Employee

 

If the officer voluntarily terminates employment, then we will pay the officer accrued compensation and benefits to the date of termination. Such amounts include unpaid salary, unused vacation, and any accrued expense reimbursements. In the table above, we assume that all accrued compensation and benefits have been paid as of the date of termination (12/31/13); therefore, no additional compensation is provided to the officer. “Voluntary” Termination by the employee is defined in each officer’s employment agreement.

 

Payments Made Upon Termination Without Cause (not associated with a Change in Control)

 

If we terminate an officer’s employment “Without Cause”, then we will pay the officer his accrued compensation and benefits. Such amounts include unpaid salary, unpaid earned bonus, unused vacation, and any accrued expense reimbursements. In addition, we will generally pay additional compensation based on each officer’s employment agreement, if required to do so. Payments to the officer are considered severance pay in consideration of the officer’s past service. The severance payment constitutes our entire obligation to the officer. In the foregoing table, we have assumed that all accrued compensation and benefits have been paid as of the date of termination, which we assume, for illustration only, to be December 31, 2013. Any additional compensation or severance will be paid in accordance with the employment agreement. “Without Cause” is defined in the employment agreement and it generally means that at our option, the contract has not been renewed or, determined for good reason, to separate employment with the officer.

 

Payments Made Upon a Change-in-Control

 

If we terminate an officer’s employment due to a “Change-in-Control”, then the Company will pay the officer his accrued compensation and benefits. Such amounts include unpaid salary, unused vacation, and any accrued expense reimbursements. In addition, we will generally pay additional compensation based on each officer’s employment agreement. Payments to the officer, if any, are considered severance pay in consideration of the officer’s past service. The severance payment constitutes our entire obligation to the officer. In the foregoing table, we have assumed that all accrued compensation and benefits have been paid as of the date of termination, assumed for illustration only, to be December 31, 2013. Any additional compensation or severance will be paid in accordance with the employment agreement. “Change in Control” is defined in each officer’s employment agreement; it generally means a reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or other form of corporate transaction or series of transactions.

 

Payments Made Upon Death

 

If the officer’s employment terminates due to “Death”, then we will pay the officer’s estate all his accrued compensation and benefits. Such amounts include unpaid salary, unpaid earned bonus, unused vacation, and any accrued expense reimbursements. In the foregoing table, we have assumed that all accrued compensation and benefits have been paid as of the date of termination, assumed, for illustration only, to be December 31, 2012. Therefore, no additional compensation is provided to the officer, unless otherwise stated in their employment agreement.

 

Payments Made Upon Disability

 

If we terminate an officer’s employment due to “Disability”, then we will pay the officer his accrued compensation and benefits. Such amounts include unpaid salary, unpaid earned bonus, unused vacation, and any accrued expense reimbursements. In the foregoing table, we have assumed that all accrued compensation and benefits have been paid as of the date of termination, assumed, for illustration only, to be December 31, 2013. Therefore, no additional compensation is provided to the officer. “Disability” is defined in each officer’s employment agreement and it generally means a physical or mental impairment that entitles the officer to receive benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan because he or she has been unable, in spite of reasonable accommodation, to perform the essential functions required of his or her position.

 

 
122

 

 

Payments Made Upon Retirement

 

If we terminate an officer’s employment due to “Retirement”, then we will pay the officer his accrued compensation and benefits. Such amounts include unpaid salary, unpaid earned bonus, unused vacation, and any accrued expense reimbursements. In the foregoing table, we have assumed that all accrued compensation and benefits have been paid as of the date of termination, assumed, for illustration only, to be December 31, 2013. Therefore, no additional compensation is provided to the officer, unless specifically stated in the officer’s employment agreement. “Retirement” is defined in either the officer’s employment agreement or as defined as voluntary termination of employment by the officer who has reached Social Security Retirement age.

 

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

 

   

Option Awards* 1

   

Stock Awards* 2

 
Name  

Number of

 

Shares

 

Acquired

on Exercise

(#)

   

Value

Realized

on 

Exercise

($) 

   

Number of

 

Shares

 

Acquired

on Vesting

(#)

   

Value

Realized

on

Vesting

($)

 

(a)

 

(b)

   

(c)

   

(d)

   

(e)

 

Michael D. Cahill, CEO & President

    -       -       -       -  

Richard R. Sawyer, CFO

    -       -       -       -  

Gary D. Shearer, CEO & President Tower Trust Co.

    -       -       -       -  

Wendell L. Bontrager, CLO

    2,000     $ 1,860       -       -  

James E. Underwood, EVP. Risk Mgr.

    -       -       -       -  

Tina M. Farrington, COO

    -       -       -       -  

 

 

Pension Benefits

 

Name

 

Plan

Name

   

Number of Years

Credited Service

 

   

Present Value of Accumulated Benefit

   

Payments During Last Fiscal Year

 
            (#)     ($)     ($)  
                                 

(a)

 

(b)

   

(c)

   

(d)

   

(e)

 

Michael D. Cahill,

CEO & President.

    -       -       -       -  
                                 

Richard R. Sawyer,

CFO

    -       -       -       -  
                                 

Gary D. Shearer, CEO Tower Trust Co.

    -       -       -       -  
                                 

Wendell L. Bontrager, CLO

    -       -       -       -  

James E. Underwood,

EVP. Risk Manager

    -       -       -       -  

Tina M. Farrington, COO

 

    -       -       -       -  

 

 


1  No stock options were exercised during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

2  No stock awards vested for any of the named executive officers during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.

 

 
123

 

 

 Non-qualified Deferred Compensation

 

 

Name

 

Executive Contributions

in Last FY

   

Registrant Contributions in

Last FY

   

Aggregate 

Earnings in

Last FY

   

Aggregate Withdrawals/

   

Aggregate

Balance

 
    ($)     ($)     ($)    

Distributions

   

at Last

 
                            ($)    

FYE

 
                                    ($)  
                                         

(a)

 

(b)

   

(c)

   

(d)

   

(e)

   

(f)

 

Michael D. Cahill, CEO & President

  $ 42,829       -     $ 14,820       -     $ 98,988  

Richard R. Sawyer, CFO

  $ 7,703       -     $ 791       -     $ 8,494  

Gary D. Shearer, CEO & President, Tower Trust Co

    -       -     $ 5,359       -     $ 63,470  

Wendell L. Bontrager, CLO

    -       -     $ 626       -     $ 5,440  

Tina M. Farrington, COO

  $ 18,231       -     $ 2,728       -     $ 20,959  

James E. Underwood, EVP, Risk Mgr.

  $ 27,343       -     $ 3,746       -     $ 58,187  

 

 

ITEM 12.                 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

The following tables provide information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by all directors, each executive officer listed in the Summary Compensation Table, all directors and executive officers as a group, and other persons who are known to Tower to be the owners of more than five percent of Tower’s outstanding common stock.

 

In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner of any shares of common stock over which that person has sole or shared voting or investment power, or has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days from the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined. As used herein, “voting power” is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and “investment power” is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares. This includes all shares held directly as well as by spouses and minor children, in trust and other indirect ownership, over which shares the named individuals effectively exercise sole or share voting or investment power.

 

 
124

 

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

   

Shares Owned
as of
March 14, 2014

 

                                 

Name

 

Sole Voting

and

Investment

Power

 

   

Shared 

Voting and Investment

Power

 

   

Shares

Subject to

 Options

 

   

Deferred

Stock Units

   

Total

Beneficial

Ownership

 

 

   

Percent of

Class (%) (1)

 

Wendell L. Bontrager

    7,101 (2)     6,750       -       -       13,851       *  
                                                 

Keith E. Busse

    600,468       -       -       400       600,868       12.76 %
                                                 

Kathryn D. Callen

    14,913       5,500 (3)     -       489       20,902       *  
                                                 

Michael D. Cahill

    17,407 (4)     -       20,000       -       37,407       *  
                                                 

Tina M. Farrington

    1,980 (5)     -       -       -       1,980       *  
                                                 

Scott A. Glaze

    30,478       -       -       478       30,956       *  
                                                 

Jerome F. Henry, Jr.

    276,865       -       -       567       277,432       5.89 %
                                                 

Debra A. Niezer

    13,956       2,465 (6)     -       433       16,854       *  
                                                 

William G. Niezer

    31,701       1,733 (7)     -       394       33,828       *  
                                                 

Richard R. Sawyer

    9,204 (8)     250 (9)     -       -       9,454       *  
                                                 

Gary D. Shearer

    19,585 (10)     4,000       2,000       -       25,585       *  
                                                 

Kim T. Stacey

    718       560 (11)     -       489       1,767       *  
                                                 

Robert N. Taylor

    483       -       -       406       889       *  
                                                 

Ronald W. Turpin

    5,644       -       -       544       6,188       *  
                                                 

James E. Underwood

    16,182 (12)     -       -       -       16,182       *  
                                                 

Irene A. Walters

    5,395       15,000 (13)     -       333       20,728       *  
                                                 

All directors and executive officers as a group (16 persons)

    1,052,080       36,258       22,000       4,533       1,114,871       23.67 %
                                                 

 

* Less than 1%

1.

The percentages shown are based on 4,710,461 shares outstanding as of March 14, 2014, plus for each person or group, the number of shares that the person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days pursuant to options granted under the Company’s 1998 and 2001 Stock Option and Incentive Plans.

2.

Includes 7,101 vested shares held in the Company’s 401(k) account.

3.

Shares held by Mrs. Callen’s children

4.

Includes 11,469 vested shares held in the Company’s 401(k) account.

5.

Includes 1,980 vested shared held in the Company’s 401(k) account

6.

Shares held by Mrs. Niezer’s husband and children

7.

Shares held by Mr. Niezer’s wife and children

8.

Includes 4,471 vested shares held in the Company’s 401(k) account

9. 

Shares held by Mr. Sawyer’s wife.     

10.

Includes 14,535 vested shares held in the Company’s 401(k) account

11.

Shares held in Mr. Stacey’s trust account

12.

Includes 1,932 vested shares held in the Company’s 401(k) account

13.

Shares held by Mrs. Walter’s husband

 

 
125

 

 

Other Principal Shareholders
as of March 14, 2014

 

Name and Address

 

 

Amount of Beneficial Ownership

   

Percent of Class

 

Edwin Fraser(+)
195 Marine Street
Farmingdale, NY 11735

 

    258,524       5.49 %

John V. Tippmann, Sr. (++)

9009 Coldwater Road

Fort Wayne, IN 46825

 

    544,132       11.55 %

 

 

+

Based on Schedule 13G filed on September 13, 2002 with the Securities Exchange Commission by Mr. Fraser. Mr. Fraser resides at 195 Marine Street, Farmingdale, New York 11735. Mr. Fraser has the sole authority to vote 133,090 shares and shared authority to vote 125,434 shares. The shares for which Mr. Fraser has shared voting power include shares beneficially owned by Mr. Fraser’s wife and shares beneficially owned in trusts for members of Mr. Fraser’s family for which Mrs. Fraser is the trustee.

 

++

Mr. Tippmann was formerly reported in the Executives and Directors table above. He resigned from our board of directors on August 24, 2012.  Shares are held by Mr. Tippmann and the Mary Cross Tippmann Foundation .

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees, including its CEO, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller. The Code is posted on our website at www.towerbank.net. The Company intends to disclose any amendments to the Code by posting such amendments on its website. In addition, any waivers of the Code for directors or executive officers of the Company will be disclosed in an SEC filing in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Shareholder Communications

 

Our Board of Directors has implemented a process whereby shareholders may send communications to the attention of the Board of Directors. Any shareholder desiring to communicate with the Board of Directors, or one or more specific members thereof, should communicate in a writing addressed to Tower Financial Corporation, Board of Directors, c/o Secretary, 116 East Berry Street, Fort Wayne, Indiana 46802. The Secretary of the Company has been instructed by the Board of Directors to promptly forward all such communications to the specified addressees thereof.

 

 
126

 

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Company’s principal executive officers, or named executive officers, as well as directors to file reports of ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such persons also are required to furnish the Company with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

 

ITEM 13.      CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

 

Related persons transactions are subject to our Statement of Policy for the Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions With Related Persons. A copy of this policy is available on our website at www.towerbank.net.

 

The policy applies to any “Transaction with a Related Person.” Under our policy, a “Related Person” is a person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was a director or executive officer, a nominee to become a director, a shareholder who beneficially owns 5% or more of our common stock, an “Immediate Family Member” (that is, a spouse, child, parent, sibling, or an in-law) of any of the foregoing persons, as well as any entity which is owned or controlled by any of such persons (or of which such person is a general partner or a 5% or greater beneficial owner) or any other person identified by our Audit Committee or our Board as a “Related Person” for purposes of this policy. Once a person has been identified as “Related Person” and if Tower Financial Corporation or any subsidiary is a participant, then if the aggregate amount involved in the transaction exceeds $60,000 and the “Related Person” has a direct or indirect interest (other than simply as a result of being a director or less than a 10% beneficial owner of the entity involved) the transaction must be considered, approved or ratified by the Audit Committee.

 

We have established the threshold transactional amount at $60,000, which triggers the review. Employment of a Related Person in the ordinary course of business, consistent with our policies and practices with respect to the employment of non-Related Persons in similar positions (so long as the Related Person is not an executive officer required to be reported as a Named Executive Officer in our annual proxy statement) is not subject to the policy. Transactions involving competitive bids or transactions involving services as a bank depository, transfer agent, registrar, or trustee are considered pre-approved for purposes of our policy.

 

All other transactions subject to our policy must be approved in advance by the Audit Committee, unless our Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer determines that it is impractical to wait until an Audit Committee meeting. In such event, the disinterested Chair of the Audit Committee may review and approve the proposed Related Person transaction but shall then promptly report any such approval to the full Audit Committee. All material facts respecting the Related Person transaction must be disclosed to the Audit Committee. In the event that we become aware of a Related Person transaction that has not been approved prior to its consummation, the matter must then still be reviewed by the Audit Committee, which will then review all relevant facts and circumstances, shall evaluate all available options (including ratification, revision or termination of the transaction), and shall take such course of action as it deems appropriate.

 

In reviewing any Related Person transaction, the Audit Committee must consider the proposed benefits to the Company, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services, an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is at least on terms comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally, and must then determine that the transaction is fair and reasonable to the Company.

 

Banking Transactions

 

Directors and officers of the Company and the Bank and the companies with which they are associated, including members of the Compensation Committee, have banking and other transactions with the Company and the Bank in the ordinary course of business. Any loans and commitments to lend to such affiliated persons or entities are made at arm’s-length in accordance with applicable lending and credit practices, in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations, and on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated parties of similar creditworthiness and may not involve more than normal risk or present other unfavorable features to the Company and the Bank. Management believes that all transactions between the Company or the Bank on one hand, and any officer, director, principal shareholder, or other affiliate of the Company or the Bank on the other hand, are on terms no less favorable to the Company or the Bank than could be obtained on an arm’s-length basis from unaffiliated third parties. All loan transactions, presently in effect with any director or executive officer are current as of this date and are in compliance with Regulation O. As of December 31, 2013, the Bank had outstanding loans to the directors and executive officers of the Company and the Bank totaling $16,391,835 and an aggregate amount under commitment, including these outstanding loans, totaling $18,300,000.

 

 
127

 

 

Lease of Headquarters Building

 

We lease our headquarters facility from Tippmann Properties, Inc., agent for former director John V. Tippmann, Sr. Mr. Tippmann, Sr. resigned from the board on August 24, 2012. While no longer a board member, Mr. Tippmann, Sr. is owns approximately 11% of our common stock, making him a related person per our definition above. Our headquarters facility is a historic landmark building known as the Lincoln Tower, and the “Tower” in our corporate name is derived from our occupancy of this building. Indeed, the building’s profile constitutes one of our trademarks. As such, the facility is a one-of-a-kind facility. The original lease was a 10-year lease which commenced in January 1999, with annual rental payments at that time of $9.75 per square foot. Subsequent addenda to the lease have been signed as we expanded our staff and needed additional space. There have been approximately seven additional addenda, each coinciding with the occupancy of additional space. In 2001, the original lease was extended to 15 years, with one renewal option of 10 years at the then prevailing market rate. Effective January 1, 2010, an eighth amendment was executed to give back 2,400 square feet of leased space and reduce the rent on 20,106 square feet from $14.75 per foot to $13.50 per foot. The lease term was also extended by five years on 41,791 square feet and now expires on December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2013, the Company leased approximately 49,365 square feet from Tippmann Properties at an average rate of $14.24 per square foot. Each lease transaction was reviewed by the Audit Committee, after securing prevailing rate information for downtown buildings of comparable quality from unrelated outside professional real estate sources, and we believe that this lease is on terms no less favorable than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. During 2013, we paid Tippmann Properties, Inc. approximately $710,542 in rent and various building expenses.

 

Other Transactions

 

The law firm of Barrett & McNagny LLP, of which Robert S. Walters is a partner, performs legal services for the Company. Mr. Walters is the spouse of Irene A. Walters, one of our directors. The engagement of the Barrett & McNagny law firm was approved by the full Board, including all members of the Audit Committee. During 2013, we paid approximately $322,616 in legal fees and related expenses to this law firm.

 

ITEM 14.      PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

 

The Company incurred the following fees for services performed by BKD in fiscal year 2013 and 2012.

 

Audit Fees : Fees for professional services provided in connection with the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and for the review of financial statements included in our Forms 10-Q, as well as internal control over financial reporting and services concerning SEC filings, were $135,000 for fiscal year 2013 and $127,000 for fiscal year 2012.

 

Audit-Related Fees: Fees for professional services the audit related to section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and for the 401(k) plan audit were $16,500 for fiscal year 2013 and $16,500 for fiscal year 2012, which was for the 401(k) audit only.

 

Tax Fees: Fees for services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning, including assistance in the preparation and filing of tax returns, were $20,575 for fiscal year 2013 and $22,400 for fiscal year 2012.

 

All Other Fees: Fees for all other permissible services that do not fall within the above categories, including compliance consulting, certification requirement consulting, and tax services for trust customers were $12,400 for fiscal year 2013 and $0 for fiscal year 2012.

 

Pre-Approval Policy: The Audit Committee has the responsibility for appointing, setting the compensation for and overseeing the work of our independent auditor. In recognition of this responsibility, the Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent auditor in order to assure that the provision of these services does not impair the independence of the independent auditor. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year and any pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services and is generally subject to a specific budget. The independent auditor and management are required to periodically report to the Audit Committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent auditor in accordance with this pre-approval, and the fees for the services performed to date. The Audit Committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis. Any proposed service that is not separately listed in the Pre-Approval Policy or any service exceeding the pre-approved fee levels must be specifically pre-approved by the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee has also delegated pre-approval authority to the Chair of the Audit Committee, who must then report any such pre-approval decisions made by him to the Audit Committee at its next meeting.

 

 
128

 

 

The aggregate amount of all non-audit services constituted 18% of the total amount of fees paid by the Company to BKD for fiscal year 2013 and 23% for fiscal 2012.

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15.                EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a)            1.             Financial Statements . The following consolidated financial statements of Registrant are included herein under Item 8 of Part II:

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013 and 2012     

 

42

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income - for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011  

 

43

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity - for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 

 

45

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011    

 

46

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements    

 

47

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms      

 

91

                                

 

                 2.            Financial Statement Schedules .

 

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

 

(b)

Exhibits:

 

No.

Description

 

2.1

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated September 9, 2013, by and between Old National Bancorp and Tower Financial Corporation, incorporated by reference from Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 10, 2013.

 

3.1

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Tower Financial Corporation, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed November 13, 1998 (Registration No. 333-67235).

 

3.1(a)

Restated Articles of Amendment to the Restated Articles of Incorporation of Tower Financial Corporation, adding new Section 5.6 regarding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed September 28, 2009.

 

3.2

Amended Bylaws of Tower Financial Corporation, incorporated herein from Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed March 8, 2005.

 

4.1

Junior Subordinated Indenture dated December 5, 2005, between Tower Financial Corporation (Depositor) and Wilmington Trust Company (Trustee)

 

4.2

Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Tower Capital Trust 3, dated December 29, 2006, between Tower Financial Corporation (Sponsor) and Wilmington Trust Company (Trustee) incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed March 30, 2010.

 

 
129

 

 

10.1

Lease Agreement dated October 6, 1998, between Tower Financial Corporation and Tippmann Properties, Inc., incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2, filed November 13, 1998.

 

10.1(a - h)

Amendments to Lease Agreement between Tower Financial Corporation and Tippmann Properties, Inc., incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1(a-h) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed March 30, 2010.

 

10.1i

Ninth Amendment to Lease Agreement between Tower Financial Corporation and Tippmann Properties, Inc.

 

10.4

1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form SB-2/A, filed December 30, 1998 (Registration No. 333-67235).

 

10.5

2001 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, incorporated herein from Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed June 29, 2001 (Registration Number 333-64194).

 

10.6†

Employment Agreement dated April 25, 2002 between the Registrant and Gary D. Shearer, incorporated by reference herein from Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form QSB for the period ended March 31, 2002, filed May 14, 2002.

 

10.7†

Employment Agreement dated April 25, 2002, between Tower Financial Corporation and James E. Underwood incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed March 30, 2010.

 

10.8

Agreement and Mutual Release dated December 17, 2009, terminating Employment Agreement of Donald F. Schenkel incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, filed March 30, 2010.

 

10.13

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed March 8, 2005.

 

10.19†

Deferred Compensation Plan dated January 1, 2002, incorporated herein from Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed March 8, 2002.

 

10.20†

Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, dated January 1, 2002, incorporated herein from Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB for the year ended December 31, 2001, filed March 8, 2002.

 

10.21†

Tower Financial Corporation Section 401(k) Plan, incorporated by reference from Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed July 2, 2001 (Registration Number 333-64318).

 

10.22†

Tower Financial Corporation 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Report on Form 10-K, filed March 21, 2007.

 

10.24

Private Placement of Common Stock Subscription Agreement, dated July 19, 2010, incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K July 23, 2010.

 

10.27†

Amendment No. 1 to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed March 19, 2012.

 

10.28†

Employment Agreement dated August 20, 2012, between Tower Financial Corporation and Tina M. Farrington, incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed on August 20, 2012.

 

10.29†

Employment Agreement dated October 9, 2012, between Tower Financial Corporation and Wendell L. Bontrager, incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed on October 10, 2012.

 

 
130

 

 

10.30†

Employment Agreement dated December 4, 2012, between Tower Financial Corporation and Michael D. Cahill, incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed on December 5, 2012.

 

10.31†

Employment Agreement dated December 4, 2012, between Tower Financial Corporation and Richard R. Sawyer, incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed on December 5, 2012.

 

10.32

Voting Agreement dated September 9, 2013, incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 10, 2013.

 

16.1

Crowe Horwath LLP letter incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s current report on form 8-K filed on December 9, 2011.

 

21*

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

23.1*

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

31.1*

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).

 

31.2*

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).

 

32.1*

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350.

 

32.2*

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350.

 

101**

The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets for December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012; (ii) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011; (iii) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011; (iv) the Consolidated Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011; and (v) Notes to Consolidated Condensed Financial Statements.

 

 

*

Filed concurrently herewith

**   As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this information shall not be deemed “filed” for the purposes of Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.

Indicates a management contract, or compensation plan or arrangement

        

 
131

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

TOWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              By:       /s/ Michael D. Cahill          

Date: March 31, 2014                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Michael D. Cahill

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         President, Chief Executive

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Officer and Director

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature  

Title

Date

 

 

 

 /s/ Michael D. Cahill                  

President, Chief Executive

March 31, 2014

Michael D. Cahill    

Officer and Director (Principal

 

 

Executive Officer)

 

     

 /s/ Richard R. Sawyer              

Executive Vice President, Chief  

March 31, 2014

Richard R. Sawyer   

Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 

(Principal Financial Officer

 

 

and Principal Accounting Officer

 

     

/s/ Keith E. Busse                      

Chairman of the Board & Director  

March 31, 2014

Keith E. Busse

 

 

     
/s/ Kathryn D. Callen                Director   March 31, 2014
Kathryn D. Callen    
     
/s/ Scott A. Glaze                     Director  March 31, 2014
Scott A. Glaze  

     
/s/ Jerome F. Henry, Jr.              Director  March 31, 2014

Jerome F. Henry, Jr.

 

     
/s/ Debra A. Niezer           Director  March 31, 2014

Debra A. Niezer

 

 

     

 /s/ William G. Niezer        

 Director 

March 31, 2014

William G. Niezer

   
     
/s/ Kim T. Stacey                  Director  March 31, 2014

Kim Stacey

   
     
/s/ Robert N. Taylor         Director  March 31, 2014

Robert N. Taylor

   
     
/s/ Ronald W. Turpin           Director  March 31, 2014

Ronald Turpin

   
     
/s/ Irene A. Walters             Director  March 31, 2014

Irene A. Walters

   

              

 

 

 

 

132